Financial Reports

Notes to the Financial Statements

1. Reporting Entity

1.1 Corporate Information

Commercial Bank of Ceylon PLC (the ‘Bank’) is a public limited liability company listed on the Colombo Stock Exchange, incorporated on June 25, 1969 under the Companies Ordinance No. 51 of 1938, (and domiciled) in Sri Lanka. It is a licensed commercial bank regulated under the Banking Act No. 30 of 1988 and amendments thereto. The Bank was re-registered under the Companies Act No. 07 of 2007 on January 23, 2008, under the Company Registration No. PQ 116. The registered office of the Bank is situated at ‘Commercial House’, No. 21, Sir Razik Fareed Mawatha, Colombo 01, Sri Lanka. The ordinary shares of the Bank have a primary listing on the Colombo Stock Exchange.

The staff strength of the Bank as at December 31, 2014 was 4,852 (4,730 as at December 31, 2013).

For further information please refer the inner back cover of this Annual Report.

1.2 Consolidated Financial Statements

The Consolidated Financial Statements as at and for the year ended December 31, 2014, comprise the Bank (Parent Company) and its Subsidiaries (together referred to as the ‘Group’ and individually as ‘Group entities’), and the Group’s interest in its Associates.

The Bank does not have an identifiable Parent of its own. The Bank is the ultimate parent of the Group.

1.3 Principal Business Activities, Nature of Operations and Ownership by the Bank in its Subsidiaries and Associates

Entity Principal Business Activities Ownership at
December 31,
2014
Ownership at
December 31,
2013
Bank Providing a comprehensive range of financial services encompassing accepting deposits, personal banking, trade financing, off-shore banking, resident and non-resident foreign currency operations, travel-related services, corporate and retail credit, syndicated financing, project financing, development banking, lease financing, hire purchase financing, rural credit, issuing of local and international debit and credit cards, tele-banking facilities, internet banking, mobile banking, money remittance facilities, dealing in Government Securities and treasury-related products, salary remittance package, bullion trading, export and domestic factoring, pawning, margin trading, e-Banking services, Bancassurance and Islamic banking products and services, etc. N/A N/A
Subsidiaries
Commercial Development Company PLC Property development & related ancillary services and outsourcing
of staff for non-critical functions of the Bank.
94.55% 94.55%
ONEzero Company Ltd. Providing IT-related services. 100.00% 100.00%
Commex Sri Lanka S.R.L. Acting as an agent to the Bank and providing money transfer services, opening accounts, issuance and encashment of foreign currencies and travellers’ cheques and collecting applications for credit facilities. The commercial operations of this company are yet to be commenced. 100.00% 100.00%
Indra Finance Ltd. Providing financial services including leasing, hire purchase, loans, etc. 100.00% N/A
Associates
Equity Investments Lanka Ltd. Fund management 22.92% 22.92%
Commercial Insurance Brokers (Pvt) Ltd. Insurance brokering 18.91% 18.91%

(*) As per the Financial Sector Consolidation Road Map of the Central Bank of Sri Lanka, the Bank acquired 100% stake in Indra Finance Ltd. on September 01, 2014.

(**) 20% stake of Commercial Insurance Brokers (Pvt) Ltd. is held by Commercial Development Company PLC, a 94.55% owned subsidiary of the Bank, which is listed on the Colombo Stock Exchange. The Bank has a significant influence over financial and operating activities of Commercial Insurance Brokers (Pvt) Ltd. though it effectively holds only 18.91%.

There were no significant changes in the nature of the principal business activities of the Bank and the Group during the financial year under review.

2. Basis of Preparation

2.1 Statement of Compliance

The Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group and the separate Financial Statements of the Bank, have been prepared and presented in accordance with the Sri Lanka Accounting Standards (SLFRSs) laid down by The Institute of Chartered Accountants of Sri Lanka and in compliance with the requirements of the Companies Act No. 07 of 2007 and the Banking Act No. 30 of 1988 and amendments thereto and provide appropriate disclosures as required by the Listing Rules of the Colombo Stock Exchange. These Financial Statements, except for information on cash flows have been prepared following the accrual basis of accounting.

These SLFRSs are available at www.casrilanka.com.

The Group did not adopt any inappropriate accounting treatments which are not in compliance with the requirements of the SLFRSs and regulations governing the preparation and presentation of the Financial Statements.

Details of the Group’s Significant Accounting Policies followed during the year are given in Notes 5 to 8 on this page.

The formats used in the preparation of the Financial Statements and the disclosures made therein also comply with the specified formats prescribed by the Central Bank of Sri Lanka for the preparation, presentation and publication of Annual Audited Financial Statements of Licensed Commercial Banks.

2.2 Responsibility for Financial Statements

The Board of Directors of the Bank is responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Financial Statements of the Group and the Bank as per the provisions of the Companies Act No. 07 of 2007 and SLFRSs.

The Board of Directors acknowledges their responsibility for Financial Statements as set out in the ‘Annual Report of the Board of Directors’, ‘Statement of Directors’ Responsibility’ and the certification on the Statement of Financial Position in Stewardship and Financial Reports sections.

These Financial Statements include the following components:

  • an Income Statement and a Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income providing the information on the financial performance of the Group and the Bank for the year under review. Refer Financial Reports section;
  • a Statement of Financial Position providing the information on the financial position of the Group and the Bank as at the year-end. Refer Financial Reports section;
  • a Statement of Changes in Equity depicting all changes in shareholders’ funds during the year under review of the Group and the Bank. Refer Financial Reports section.
  • a Statement of Cash Flows providing the information to the users, on the ability of the Group and the Bank to generate cash and cash equivalents and the needs of entities to utilise those cash flows. Refer Financial Reports section.
  • Notes to the Financial Statements comprising Accounting Policies and other explanatory information. Refer Financial Reports section.

2.3 Approval of Financial Statements by the Board of Directors

The Financial Statements of the Group and the Bank for the year ended December 31, 2014 (including comparatives for 2013) were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors in accordance with Resolution of the Directors on February 23, 2015.

2.4 Basis of Measurement

The Financial Statements of the Group have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following material items stated in the Statement of Financial Position.

Items Basis of Measurement Note No./s
Held for trading financial instruments including
financial derivatives
Fair Value 29 & 30
Financial investments -available-for-sale Fair Value 33
Land & buildings Measured at cost at the time of acquisition and subsequently at revalued amounts which are the fair values at the date of revaluation 36
Defined benefit obligation Liability for defined benefit obligations is recognised as the present value of the defined benefit obligation less the net total of the plan assets, plus unrecognised actuarial gains, less unrecognised past service cost and unrecognised actuarial losses 47.1, 47.2
& 47.4

2.5 Functional and Presentation Currency

Items included in the Financial Statements of the Group are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Bank operates (the Functional Currency).

Each entity in the Group determines its own functional currency and items included in the Financial Statements of these entities are measured using that Functional Currency. There was no change in the Group’s Presentation and Functional Currency during the year under review.

These Financial Statements are presented in Sri Lankan Rupees, the Group’s Functional and Presentation Currency.

The information presented in US Dollars in the Section on ‘Supplementary Information’ does not form part of the Financial Statements and is made available solely for the information of stakeholders.

2.6 Presentation of Financial Statements

The assets and liabilities of the Group presented in the Statement of Financial Position are grouped by nature and listed in an order that reflects their relative liquidity and maturity pattern.

No adjustments have been made for inflationary factors affecting the Financial Statements.

An analysis on recovery or settlement within 12 months from the Reporting date and after more than 12 months from the Reporting date is presented on this page.

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the Statement of Financial Position only when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or to realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously. Income and expenses are not offset in the Income Statement unless required or permitted by an Accounting Standard or interpretation and as specifically disclosed in the Accounting Policies of the Bank.

2.7 Materiality and Aggregation

Each material class of similar items is presented separately in the Financial Statements. Items of dissimilar nature or function are presented separately unless they are immaterial as permitted by the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - LKAS 1 on ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’.

2.8 Rounding

The amounts in the Financial Statements have been rounded-off to the nearest Rupees thousands, except where otherwise indicated as permitted by the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - LKAS 1 on ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’.

2.9 Comparative Information

Comparative information including quantitative, narrative and descriptive information is disclosed in respect of the previous period for all amounts reported in the Financial Statements in order to enhance the understanding of the current period’s Financial Statements and to enhance the inter-period comparability. The presentation and classification of the Financial Statements of the previous year is amended, where relevant for better presentation and to be comparable with those of the current year.

2.10 Use of Judgements and Estimates

In preparing the Financial Statements of the Group in conformity with SLFRSs, the Management has made judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of Accounting Policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates. Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised prospectively.

The most significant areas of estimation uncertainty and critical judgements in applying Accounting Policies that have most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the Financial Statements of the Group are as follows:

2.10.1 Going Concern

The Management has made an assessment of its ability to continue as a going concern and is satisfied that it has the resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future. Furthermore, the Management is not aware of any material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt upon the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. Therefore, the Financial Statements of the Group continue to be prepared on a going concern basis.

2.10.2 Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The determination of fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities recorded on the Statement of Financial Position for which there is no observable market price are determined using a variety of valuation techniques that include the use of mathematical models. The Group measures fair value using the fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of input used in making measurements. Methodologies used for valuation of financial instruments and fair value hierarchy are stated in Note 4 on this page.

2.10.3 Financial Assets and Liabilities Classification

The Significant Accounting Policies of the Group provide scope for assets and liabilities to be classified at inception into different accounting categories in certain circumstances.

  • In classifying financial assets or liabilities at ‘Fair value through profit or loss’, the Group has determined that it has met the criteria for this designation set out in Notes 5.3.3.1 and 5.3.4.1 given below.
  • In classifying financial assets as ‘Held to maturity’, the Group has determined that it has both the positive intention and ability to hold the assets until their maturity date as required by Note 5.3.3.5 given below.

2.10.4 Impairment Losses on Loans and Receivables

The Group reviews its individually significant loans and advances at each Reporting date to assess whether an impairment loss should be provided for in the Income Statement. In particular, Management’s judgement is required in the estimation of the amount and timing of future cash flows when determining the impairment loss.

These estimates are based on assumptions about a number of factors and hence actual results may differ, resulting in future changes to the provisions made.

The individual component of the total provision for impairment applies to financial assets evaluated individually for impairment and is based on Management’s best estimate of the present value of the cash flows that are expected to be received. In estimating these cash flows, Management makes judgements about a borrower’s financial situation and the net realisable value of any underlying collateral. Each impaired asset is assessed on its merits, and the workout strategy and estimate of cash flows considered recoverable.

A collective component of the total provision is established for:

  • groups of homogeneous loans and advances that are not considered individually significant; and
  • groups of assets that are individually significant but that were not found to be individually impaired

The collective provision for groups of homogeneous loans is established using statistical methods (such as, net flow rate methodology, risk migration analysis) or, a formula approach based on historical loss rate experience, using the statistical analysis of historical data on delinquency to estimate the amount of loss. Management applies judgement to ensure that the estimate of loss arrived at on the basis of historical information is appropriately adjusted to reflect the economic conditions and product mix at the Reporting date. The loss rates are regularly benchmarked against actual loss experience.

In assessing the need for collective loss allowance, Management considers factors such as credit quality (for example, loan to collateral ratio, level of restructured performing loans) portfolio size, concentrations and economic factors. To estimate the required allowance, assumptions are made to define how inherent losses are modelled and to determine the required input parameters, based on historical experience and current economic conditions (including policy rates, inflation, growth in Gross Domestic Product, sovereign rating, etc).

The accuracy of the provision depends on the model assumptions and parameters used in determining the collective provision.

Refer Note 5.3.10.1 for details.

2.10.5 Impairment of Financial Investments – Available-for-Sale

The Group reviews the debt securities classified as available-for-sale investments at each Reporting date to assess whether they are impaired. This requires similar judgements as applied on the individual assessment of loans and advances.

The Group also records impairment charges on available-for-sale equity investments when there has been a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value below their cost along with the historical share price movements, duration and extent up to which the fair value of an investment is less than its cost.

Refer Note 5.3.10.2 for details.

2.10.6 Impairment Losses on Non-Financial Assets

The Group assesses whether there are any indicators of impairment for an asset or a Cash-Generating Unit (CGU) at each Reporting date or more frequently, if events or changes in circumstances necessitate to do so. This requires the estimation of the ‘Value in use’ of such individual assets or the CGUs. Estimating ‘Value in use’ requires the Management to make an estimate of the expected future cash flows from the asset or the CGU and also to select a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present value of the relevant cash flows. This valuation requires the Group to make estimates about expected future cash flows and discount rates and hence, they are subject to uncertainty.

Refer Note 5.8 for details.

2.10.7 Revaluation of Property, Plant & Equipment

The Group measures land and buildings at revalued amounts with changes in fair value being recognised in Equity through Other Comprehensive Income (OCI). The Group engaged independent professional valuers to assess fair value of land and buildings as at December 31, 2014. The key assumptions used to determine the fair value of the land and building and sensitivity analyses are provided in Note 36.5 (b) on this page.

2.10.8 Useful Life-time of the Property, Plant & Equipment

The Group reviews the residual values, useful lives and methods of depreciation of Property, Plant & Equipment at each Reporting date. Judgement of the Management is exercised in the estimation of these values, rates, methods and hence they are subject to uncertainty.

2.10.9 Deferred Tax Assets

Deferred tax assets are recognised in respect of tax losses to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which such tax losses can be utilised. Judgement is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognised, based upon the likely timing and level of future taxable profits, together with future tax-planning strategies.

Refer Note 7.2 for details.

2.10.10 Defined Benefit Obligation

The cost of the defined benefit plans is determined using an actuarial valuation. The actuarial valuation involves making assumptions about discount rates, expected rates of return on assets, future salary increases, mortality rates and future pension increases, etc. Due to the long term nature of these plans, such estimates are subject to significant uncertainty.

Refer Note 47 for the assumptions used.

2.10.11 Provisions for Liabilities, Commitments and Contingencies

The Group receives legal claims against it in the normal course of business. Management has made judgements as to the likelihood of any claim succeeding in making provisions. The time of concluding legal claims is uncertain, as is the amount of possible outflow of economic benefits. Timing and cost ultimately depend on the due process in respective legal jurisdictions.

Information about significant areas of estimation uncertainty and critical judgements in applying Accounting Policies other than those stated above that have significant effects on the amounts recognised in the Consolidated Financial Statements, are described in Notes 5.11 to 5.17 on this page.

2.11 Events After the Reporting Period

Events after the Reporting period are those events, favourable and unfavourable, that occur between the Reporting date and the date when the Financial Statements are authorised for issue.

In this regard, all material and important events that occurred after the Reporting period have been considered and appropriate disclosures are made in Note 66 where necessary.

3. Financial Risk Management

Risk is inherent in the Bank’s activities, but is managed through a process of ongoing identification, measurement and monitoring, subject to risk limits and other controls. This process of risk management is critical to the Bank’s continuing profitability and each individual within the Bank is accountable for the risk exposures relating to his or her responsibilities. The Bank is exposed to;

Credit Risk

The risk that the Bank will incur a loss because its customers or counterparties fail to discharge their contractual obligations.

The Bank manages and controls credit risk by setting limits on the amount of risk it is willing to accept for individual counterparties and for geographical and industry concentrations and by monitoring exposures in relation to such limits.

Market Risk

The risk that the fair value or future cash flows of financial instruments will fluctuate due to changes in market variables such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates and equity prices. The Bank classifies exposures to market risk into either trading or non-trading portfolios and manages each of those portfolios separately.

The market risk for the trading portfolio is monitored and managed closely.

Liquidity Risk

The risk that the Bank will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations associated with financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. Liquidity risk arises because of the possibility that the Bank might be unable to meet its payment obligations when they fall due under both normal and stress circumstances.

To limit this risk, Management has arranged for diversified funding sources in addition to its core deposit base and adopted a policy of managing assets with liquidity in mind and monitoring future cash flows and liquidity on a daily basis. The Bank has developed internal control processes and contingency plans for managing liquidity risk. This incorporates an assessment of expected cash flows and the availability of high grade collateral which could be used to secure additional funding if required.

Operational Risk

The risk of loss arising from systems failure, human error, fraud or external events. When controls fail to operate effectively, operational risks can cause damage to reputation, have legal or regulatory implications or lead to financial loss. The Bank cannot expect to eliminate all operational risks, but it endeavours to manage these risks through a control framework and by monitoring and responding to potential risks.

Controls include effective segregation of duties, access, authorisation and reconciliation procedures, staff education and assessment processes, such as the use of internal audit.

Bank’s Risk Management Framework

The Board of Directors of the Bank has the overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Bank’s Risk Management Framework.

The Risk Management Policy of the Bank translates overall risk appetite on business activities in a holistic approach to provide the guidance required for convergence of strategic and risk perspectives of the Bank.

The Risk Management Policy Framework constitutes the Credit Policy, Lending Guidelines, ALM Policy including Liquidity Risk Policy, Foreign Exchange Policy, Operational Risk Policy, IT Risk Management Policy, Market Risk Management Policy, Stress Testing Policy, etc. which have been firmly established to provide control and guidance for decision-making throughout the Bank in an uniform manner.

The Committee structure embedded to the system acts as a fact finding and decision making authority through meaningful discussions of multiple points of view. The Risk Management committees effectively deliberate on matters at hand to provide guidance to the business lines with a view to managing risk in accordance with the strategic goals and risk appetite of the Bank.

The Board of Directors of the Bank has formed a mandatory Sub-Committee namely, the Board Integrated Risk Management Committee (BIRMC) as per Banking Act Direction No. 11 of 2007 on Corporate Governance. The performance of the Committee and the duties and roles of members are reviewed by the Board annually.

The meetings of the Executive Integrated Risk Management Committee (EIRMC) are conducted on a monthly basis to discuss Credit and Operational risk matters of the Bank while priority is given for liquidity and market risks at the ALCO meetings that convene at least once in fortnight.

In addition, the Risk Management Department carries out semi-annual Bank-wide risk assessment function focusing on adherence to laws, regulations and regulatory guidelines as well as internal controls and approved policies. A dedicated Compliance Department is entrusted with the responsibility of monitoring these requirements on an ongoing basis.

Further, the Management Audit function of the Bank independently monitors and evaluates the risk management function of the Bank and provides their views on adequacy of the Risk Management Framework to the Board Audit Committee.

Bank’s Financial Risk Management Framework

Management of Credit Risk

Lending Guidelines of the Bank formulated in consultation with Lending Units provides expected granularity of credit assessment, risk grading, their acceptability of collateral, etc. as well as limits on exposures and concentration levels to various sectors, counter parties, geographies and segments.

A robust risk grading system incorporating Basel requirement of facility rating and counterparty ratings is adopted by the Bank for evaluation of credit proposals. This risk grading framework consists of 10 grades of varying degrees of risk as an indicator for the Lending Officers to evaluate and arrive at suitable risk-reward trade-offs in their propositions. These risk grades are reviewed by the Integrated Risk Management Department regularly.

Portfolio level credit risk analyses are taken up at monthly EIRMC as well as quarterly BIRMC meetings. Individual credit proposals evaluated by the Lending Officers are approved by the Authorising Officers within the hierarchy in Delegated Authority Levels whilst ensuring a minimum of four eyes principle when approving any lending proposals. Escalation of approving levels occurs based on exposure levels as well as final risk ratings of borrowers.

The Executive Credit Committee (ECC) and the Board Credit Committee (BCC) are entrusted with high value approval of facilities while the Board will be the ultimate authority for approving facilities beyond predetermined threshold levels.

Deliberations take place at BCC level on facilities taken up for approval within the specified threshold and recommendation for approval of the Board based on quantum of exposures proposed is exercised.

The Risk Management Department provides risk approval for individual proposals above predetermined threshold levels, consequent to a rigorous independent risk evaluation guided by Credit Policy, Lending Guidelines and circular instructions within a limit framework stemming from risk appetite of the Bank.

Management of Liquidity Risk

Market Risk Management Policy and the ALCO Policy of the Bank approved by the Board of Directors sets the tone for managing liquidity risk of the Bank. Liquidity risk of the Bank is given utmost priority when managing a wide range of other risks due to the fact that it is considered as the most critical risk for any financial institution.

The Bank’s Treasury Department is entrusted with managing liquidity of the Bank on real-time basis to ensure smooth functioning of business activities at all other business units of the Bank.

Having access to a substantial stable Current Account and Savings Account (CASA) base due to its wide branch network and the top of the mind perception created in the depositors in general, for stability provides immense strength to the Bank in managing liquidity.

Having high quality liquid assets at the disposal of the Bank is another plus factor for the Bank. The strength of such was amply reflected in the new Basel III parallel computation the Bank carries out for arriving at Liquidity Coverage Ratio as per the CBSL guidelines that recorded very healthy results as compared to regulatory minimum threshold levels.

Contingency funding plans available, constant monitoring of salient liquidity ratios and scenario based stress testing being carried out regularly, provide the sense of Bank with required indicators enabling the Bank to take proactive measures that could provide time to overcome any adverse liquidity position on a future date.

Management of Market Risk

Market Risk Policy, ALCO Policy and Foreign Exchange Risk Policy are the three main policies that constitute the framework governing the Market Risk Management function of the Bank.

Due to the business model adopted by the Bank exposure to equity and commodity risk was kept at bay throughout the year.

However, Interest Rate Risk arising from the Banking Book as well as Trading Book and Foreign Exchange Risk arising from dealing in currencies other than local currency, continued to expose the Bank to associated risk elements.

Low interest scenarios experienced by the country during the period, impacted the financial market in Sri Lanka mainly through shrinking Net Interest Margin. Interest Rates of the Banking Book was subjected to varying degrees of rate shocks to identify impact on earnings perspective in such rate scenarios. The results reflected predictions which assisted the Bank in formulating strategies to manage the financial position in an effective manner with the limited choices available.

Trading book too was subjected to Value at Risk (VaR) framework as described in the section on ‘Managing Risk at Commercial Bank’. The Bank also carried out sensitivity analysis on a regular basis to ascertain the impact on portfolios maintained, mainly in Government Securities and marking-to-market such portfolios to reflect fair value for decision making process.

Foreign exchange positions were maintained within the regulatory framework in a market where much stability was observed in the major currency that the Bank deals in, i.e. USD. The positions were subjected to sensitivity analysis to provide insight to possible losses/gains arising from currency appreciation/depreciations, respectively as the reporting currency of the Bank being LKR. Despite political turmoil experienced in Russia/Ukraine and Middle Eastern countries during this year, the Bank’s FX risk position remains relatively unscathed due to not having position in currencies of such origins.

Operational Risk Management

Sound Operational Risk Management practices are embedded in to the work process through Bank’s culture, internal policy framework and as per regulatory requirements.

Circular instructions and Operational Risk Management Policy play a major part in bringing together business practices with accepted benchmarks to ensure minimum disruption to processes, personnel, technology and infrastructure.

Internal control framework and Audit function with firmly established ‘three lines of defense’ serve the Bank to manage Operational Risk at current acceptable levels.

Risk and Control Self Assessment (RCSA) framework is adopted to identify risks involved in business activities of the Bank and to implement appropriate mitigatory measures after assessing criticality of such risks.

IT Risk of the Bank is managed through strict monitoring of Key IT Risk Indicators while Vulnerability Assessment and Penetration Tests are being carried out by both internal and external parties at regular intervals to identify the relevant risks.

Refer Note 65 for ‘Financial Risk Review’.

A detailed write up on how the Risk Management is carried out within the Bank’s Financial Risk Management Framework with due consideration given to factors such as governance, identification, assessment, monitoring, reporting and mitigation, are discussed in detail in the Section on ‘Managing Risk at Commercial Bank’. The write up referred to above does not form part of the Financial Statement.

4. Fair Value Measurement

‘Fair value’ is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value measurement is based on the presumption that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability takes place either:

  • In the principal market for the asset or liability, or
  • In the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market for the asset or liability

The principal or the most advantageous market must be accessible to the Group.

The fair value of an asset or a liability is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming that market participants act in their economic best interest.

A fair value measurement of a non-financial asset takes into account a market participant's ability to generate economic benefits by using the asset in its highest and best use or by selling it to another market participant that would use the asset in its highest and best use. External professional valuers are involved for valuation of significant assets such as land and building.

Fair Value Hierarchy

The Group measures the fair value using the following fair value hierarchy, which reflects the significance of the inputs used in making the measurement.

Level 1

Inputs that are unadjusted quoted market prices in an active market for identical instruments

When available, the Group measures the fair value of an instrument using active quoted prices or dealer price quotations (assets and long positions are measured at a bid price; liabilities and short positions are measured at an ask price), without any deduction for transaction costs. A market is regarded as active if transactions for asset or liability take place with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

Level 2

Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level that are observable either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)

This category includes instruments valued using;

  1. quoted market in active markets for similar instruments,
  2. quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are considered to be less active, or
  3. other valuation techniques in which almost all significant inputs are directly or indirectly observable from market data.

Level 3

Inputs that are unobservable

This category includes all instruments for which the valuation technique includes inputs not based on observable data and the unobservable inputs have a significant effect on the instrument’s value.

Valuation techniques include net present value and discounted cash flow models comparison with similar instruments for which observable market prices exist, option pricing models and other valuation models.

Assumptions and inputs used in valuation techniques include risk-free and benchmark interest rates, risk premiums in estimating discount rates, bond and equity prices, foreign exchange rates, expected price volatilities and corrections.

Observable prices or model inputs such as market interest rates are usually available in the market for listed equity securities and government securities such as treasury bills and bonds. Availability of observable prices and model inputs reduces the need for management judgement and estimation while reducing uncertainty associated in determining the fair values.

Models are adjusted to reflect the spread for bid and ask prices to reflect costs to close out positions, credit and debit valuation adjustments, liquidity spread and limitations in the models. Also, profit or loss calculated when such financial instruments are first recorded (‘Day 1’ profit or loss) is deferred and recognised only when the inputs become observable or on derecognition of the instrument.

An analysis of fair value measurement of financial and non-financial assets and liabilities is provided in Note 25.

Significant Accounting Policies

The Accounting Policies set out below have been applied consistently to all periods presented in the Financial Statements of the Group, unless otherwise indicated.

These Accounting Policies have been applied consistently by Group entities.

Set out below is an index of Significant Accounting Policies, the details of which are available on the pages that follows:

5 Significant accounting policies - recognition of assets and liabilities
5.1 Basis of consolidation
5.2 Foreign currency
5.3 Financial instruments - initial recognition, classification and subsequent measurement
5.4 Non-current assets held-for-sale and disposal groups
5.5 Leases
5.6 Property, plant & equipment
5.7 Intangible assets
5.8 Impairment of non-financial assets
5.9 Dividends payable
5.10 Employee benefits
5.11 Other liabilities
5.12 Provisions
5.13 Restructuring
5.14 Onerous contracts
5.15 Financial guarantees and loan commitments
5.16 Commitments
5.17 Contingent liabilities and commitments for leasing arrangements
5.18 Stated capital and reserves
5.19 Earnings Per Share (EPS)
5.20 Operating segments
5.21 Fiduciary assets
6 Significant accounting policies - recognition of income and expenses
6.1 Interest income and expense
6.2 Fees and commission income and expense
6.3 Net gains/(losses) from trading
6.4 Dividend income
6.5 Lease income
6.6 Lease payments
6.7 Rental income and expenses
7 Significant accounting policies - income tax expense
7.1 Current taxation
7.2 Deferred taxation
7.3 Tax exposures
7.4 Crop Insurance Levy (CIL)
7.5 Withholding tax on dividends distributed by the bank, subsidiaries and associates
7.6 Economic Service Charge (ESC)
7.7 Value added tax on financial services
7.8 Nation Building Tax on financial services (NBT)
8 Statement of Cash Flows

5. Significant Accounting Policies - Recognition of Assets and Liabilities

5.1 Basis of Consolidation

The Group’s Financial Statements comprise consolidation of the Financial Statements of the Bank, its Subsidiaries in terms of the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - SLFRS 10 on ‘Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements’ and the proportionate share of the profit or loss and net assets of its Associates in terms of the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - LKAS 28 on ‘Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures’. The Bank’s Financial Statements comprise the amalgamation of the Financial Statements of the Domestic Banking Unit, the Off-Shore Banking Centre and the international operations of the Bank.

5.1.1 Business Combinations

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method when control is transferred to the Group (Refer Note 5.1.3 below). The consideration transferred in the acquisition is generally measured at fair value, as are the identifiable net assets acquired. Any goodwill that arises is tested annually for impairment (Refer Note 5.7.3.1.1). Any gain on a bargain purchase is recognised in profit or loss immediately. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred, except if they are related to the issue of debt or equity securities.

5.1.2 Non-Controlling Interests (NCI)

NCI are measured at their proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets at the date of acquisition. Changes in the Group’s interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions.

5.1.3 Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are investees controlled by the Group. The Group ‘controls’ an investee if it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. The Group reassesses whether it has control if there are changes to one or more of the elements of control. This includes circumstances in which protective rights held (e.g. those resulting from a lending relationship) become substantive and lead to the Group having power over an investee.

The cost of an acquisition is measured at fair value of the consideration, including contingent consideration. The acquired identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are measured at their fair values at the date of acquisition. Subsequent to the initial measurement the Bank continues to recognise the investments in Subsidiaries at cost.

The Financial Statements of subsidiaries are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements from the date on which control commences until the date when control ceases.

The Financial Statements of all subsidiaries in the Group have a common financial year which ends on December 31, except for the Indra Finance Ltd., a licensed finance company, whose financial year ends on March 31. The Financial Statements of the Bank’s Subsidiaries are prepared using consistent accounting policies.

The reason for using a different Reporting date by the aforesaid subsidiary is due to the requirement imposed by the Central Bank of Sri Lanka for licensed finance companies to publish their key financial data and key performance indicators for 12-month period ended March 31 and 6 months period ended September 30, every year, in accordance with a format prescribed by the Director of the Department of Supervision of Non-Bank Financial Institutions of the Central Bank of Sri Lanka.

All intra-group balances, transactions, unrealised gains and losses resulting from intra-group transactions, income and expenses are eliminated in full.

There are no significant restrictions on the ability of Subsidiaries to transfer funds to the Parent (the Bank) in the form of cash dividend or repayment of loans and advances.

All Subsidiaries of the Bank have been incorporated in Sri Lanka except Commex Sri Lanka S.R.L. which was incorporated in Italy.

A listing of the Bank’s Subsidiaries together with contingencies of Subsidiaries is set out in Notes 34 and 55.4 (a).

The summarised financial information of all its Subsidiaries including total assets, total liabilities, revenue, profit or loss and the dividend paid, business address, etc are given in the Section on ‘Group Structure’.

5.1.4 Transactions Eliminated on Consolidation

Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealised income and expenses (except for foreign currency transaction gains or losses) arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated in preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

5.1.5 Loss of Control

When the Group loses control over a subsidiary, it derecognises the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary, and any related NCI and other components of equity. Any resulting gain or loss is recognised in Income Statement. Any interest retained in the former subsidiary is measured at fair value when control is lost.

Subsequently, it is accounted for as an Associate or in accordance with the Group’s Accounting Policy for financial instruments depending on the level of influence retained.

5.1.6 Associates

Associates are those entities in which the Group has significant influence, but not control, over the variable returns through its power over the investee. Significant influence is presumed to exist when the Group holds 20% or more of the voting power of another entity.

Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method and are recognised initially at cost, in terms of Sri Lanka Accounting Standards - LKAS 28 on ‘Investments in Associates and Joint venture’. The Group’s investment includes goodwill identified on acquisition, net of any accumulated impairment losses. The Consolidated Financial Statements include the Group’s share of the income and expenses and equity movements of equity-accounted investees, after adjustments to align the Accounting Policies with those of the Group, from the date that significant influence commences until the date that significant influence ceases. Accordingly, under the Equity Method, investments in Associates are carried at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share of net assets of the Associates and are reported as a separate line item in the Statement of Financial Position. The Income Statement reflects the Group’s share of the results of operations of the Associates. Any change in OCI of those investees is presented as part of the Group’s OCI. In addition, when there has been a change recognised directly in the equity of the associate, the Group recognises its share of any changes, when applicable, in Equity through OCI. Unrealised gains and losses resulting from transactions between the Group and the Associate are eliminated to the extent of the interest in Associate.

When the Group’s share of losses exceeds its interest in an equity-accounted investee, the carrying amount of that interest, including any long term investments, is reduced to nil and the recognition of further losses is discontinued except to the extent that the Group has an obligation or has made payments on behalf of the investee. If the Associate subsequently reports profits, the Group resumes recognising its share of those profits only after its share of the profits equal the share of losses not recognised previously.

The Group discontinues the use of the Equity Method from the date that it ceases to have significant influence over an Associate and accounts for such investments in accordance with the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - LKAS 39 on ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’.

Upon loss of significant influence over the Associate, the Group measures and recognises any retained investment at its fair value. Any difference between the carrying amount of the Associate upon loss of significant influence and the fair value of the retained investment and proceeds from disposal is recognised in profit or loss.

After application of the Equity Method, the Group determines whether it is necessary to recognise an impairment loss on its investment in its Associate. At each Reporting date, the Group determines whether there is objective evidence that the investment in the Associate is impaired. If there is such evidence, the Group calculates the amount of impairment as the difference between the recoverable amount of the Associate and its carrying value then recognises the loss as ‘Share of profit of an Associate’ in the Income Statement.

The Financial Statements of all Associates in the Group have a common financial year which ends on December 31.

There are no significant restrictions on the ability of the Associates to transfer funds to the Parent (the Bank) in the form of cash dividend or repayment of loans and advances.

A listing of the Group’s Associates together with their fair values and the Group’s share of contingent liabilities of such Associates are set out in Notes 35 and 55.4 (b).

Summarised financial information of all Associates of the Bank together with the Bank’s interests is given in the Section on ‘Group Structure’.

5.1.7 Material Gains or Losses, Provisional Values or Error Corrections

There were no material gains or losses, provisional values or error corrections recognised during the year in respect of the business combinations that took place in previous periods.

5.2 Foreign Currency

5.2.1 Foreign Currency Translations

The Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in Sri Lankan Rupees, which is also the Bank’s functional currency. The Financial Statements of the Off-Shore Banking centre of the Bank and the Financial Statements of the Foreign Operations of the Bank have been translated into the Group’s Presentation Currency as explained under Notes 5.2.3 and 5.2.4 below:

5.2.2 Foreign Currency Transactions and Balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the Functional Currency, which is Sri Lankan Rupees, using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. In this regard, the Bank’s practice is to use the middle rate of exchange ruling at the date of the transaction.

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the Reporting date are retranslated to the Functional Currency at the middle exchange rate of the Functional Currency ruling at the Reporting date. The foreign currency gain or loss on monetary items is the difference between amortised cost in the Functional Currency at the beginning of the year adjusted for effective interest and payments during the year, and the amortised cost in foreign currency translated at the exchange rate at the Reporting date.

Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are measured at fair value are retranslated to the Functional Currency at the exchange rate at the date that the fair value was determined. Foreign currency differences arising on retranslation are recognised in profit or loss, except for differences arising on the retranslation of available-for-sale equity instruments, a financial liability designated as a hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation, or qualifying cash flow hedges, which are recognised in OCI. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction.

5.2.3 Transactions of the Off-Shore Banking Centre

These are recorded in accordance with Note 5.2.2 above, except the application of the annual weighted average exchange rate for translation of the Income Statement and Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income. Net gains and losses are dealt through the Profit or Loss.

5.2.4 Foreign Operations

The results and financial position of overseas operations that have a Functional Currency different from the Bank’s Presentation Currency are translated into the Bank’s Presentation Currency as follows:

  • Assets and liabilities are translated at the rates of exchange ruling at the Reporting date.
  • Income and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate for the period, unless this average rate is not a reasonable approximation of the rate prevailing at the transaction date, in which case income and expenses are translated at the exchange rates ruling at the transaction date.
  • All resulting exchange differences are recognised in the in the OCI and accumulated in the Foreign Currency Translation Reserve (Translation Reserve), which is a separate component of Equity, except to the extent that the translation difference is allocated to the NCI.

When a Foreign Operation is disposed of such that control is lost, the cumulative amount in the Translation Reserve related to that foreign operation is reclassified to profit or loss. If the Group disposes of only part of its interest in a subsidiary that includes a Foreign Operation while retaining control, then the relevant proportion of the cumulative amount of the Translation Reserve is reattributed to NCI.

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of a Foreign Operation and any fair value adjustments to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities arising on the acquisition are treated as assets and liabilities of the Foreign Operation and are translated at the exchange rates ruling at the Reporting date.

5.3 Financial Instruments - Initial Recognition, Classification and Subsequent Measurement

5.3.1 Date of Recognition

The Group initially recognises loans and advances, deposits, debt securities issued and subordinated liabilities on the date on which they are originated. All other financial instruments (including regular-way purchases and sales of financial assets) are recognised on the trade date, which is the date on which the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

5.3.2 Initial Measurement of Financial Instruments

The classification of financial instruments at initial recognition depends on their purpose and characteristics and the Management’s intention in acquiring them. Please refer Notes 5.3.3 and 5.3.4 for further details on classification of financial instruments.

All financial instruments are measured initially at their fair value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to acquisition or issue of such financial instrument, except in the case of financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss as per the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - LKAS 39 on ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’.

Transaction cost in relation to financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are dealt with through the Income Statement.

5.3.2.1 ‘Day 1’ Profit or Loss

When the transaction price differs from the fair value of other observable current market transactions in the same instrument, or based on a valuation technique whose variables include only data from observable markets, the Group recognises the difference between the transaction price and fair value (a ‘Day 1’ profit or loss) in ‘Interest Income and Personnel Expenses’. In cases where fair value is determined using data which is not observable, the difference between the transaction price and model value is only recognised in the profit or Loss when the inputs become observable, or when the instrument is derecognised. The ‘Day 1 loss’ arising in the case of loans granted to employees at concessionary rates under uniformly applicable schemes is deferred and amortised using Effective Interest Rates (EIR) over the remaining service period of the employees or tenure of the loan whichever is shorter.

Refer Note 6.1 given below.

5.3.3 Classification and Subsequent Measurement of Financial Assets

Group classifies financial assets into one of the following categories:

  • Financial Assets at fair value through profit or loss, and within this category as;
  • held for trading; or
  • designated at fair value through profit or loss.
  • Loans and receivables;
  • Held-to-maturity;
  • Available-for-sale; and

The Subsequent measurement of financial assets depends on their classification.

Please refer Notes 5.3.3.1 to 5.3.3.7 for details on different types of financial assets recognised on the Statement of Financial Position.

5.3.3.1 Financial Assets at Fair Value through Profit or Loss

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss include financial assets held for trading and financial assets designated upon initial recognition at fair value through profit or loss which are discussed in Notes 5.3.3.1.1 and 5.3.3.1.2 below:

5.3.3.1.1 Financial Assets Held-for-Trading

Financial assets are classified as held for trading if;

  • they are acquired principally for the purpose of selling or repurchasing in the near term; or
  • they hold as a part of a portfolio that is managed together for short-term profit or position taking; or
  • they form part of derivative financial instruments entered into by the Group that are not designated as hedging instruments in hedge relationships as per the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - LKAS 39 on ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’.

Financial assets held for trading are recorded in the Statement of Financial Position at fair value. Changes in fair value are recognised in profit or loss. Interest and dividend income are recorded in ‘Interest Income’ and ‘Net Gains/(Losses) from Trading’ respectively in the Income Statement according to the terms of the contract, or when the right to receive the payment has been established.

The Group evaluates its financial assets held for trading, other than derivatives, to determine whether the intention to sell them in the near term is still appropriate. When the Group is unable to trade these financial assets due to inactive markets and Management’s intention to sell them in the foreseeable future significantly changes, the Group may elect to reclassify these financial assets in rare circumstances.

Financial assets held for trading include instruments such as Government and other debt securities and equity instruments that have been acquired principally for the purpose of selling or repurchasing in the near term and derivatives, including separated embedded derivatives explained below unless they are designated as effective hedging instruments.

Details of financial assets held for trading are given in Note 30.

Derivatives Recorded at Fair Value through Profit or Loss

The Bank uses derivatives such as interest rate swaps, foreign currency swaps and forward foreign exchange contracts, etc. Derivatives are recorded at fair value and carried as assets when their fair value is positive. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are included in ‘Net Gains/(Losses) from Trading’ (under customers) in the Income Statement.

Derivatives embedded in other financial instruments are treated as separate derivatives and recorded at fair value if their economic characteristics and risks are not closely related to those of the host contract, and the host contract is not itself held for trading or designated at fair value through profit or loss. The embedded derivatives separated from the host are carried at fair value in the trading portfolio with changes in fair value recognised in the profit or loss.

Details of derivative financial assets recorded at fair value through profit or loss are given in Note 29.

5.3.3.1.2 Financial Assets Designated at Fair Value through Profit or Loss

The Group designates financial assets at fair value through profit or loss in the following circumstances:

  • the assets are managed, evaluated and reported internally at fair value; or
  • the designation eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch, which would otherwise have arisen; or
  • the asset contains an embedded derivative that significantly modifies the cash flows that would otherwise have been required under the contract.

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss are recorded in the Statement of Financial Position at fair value. Changes in fair value are recorded in ‘Net gain or loss on financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss’. Interest earned is accrued in ‘Interest Income’, using the EIR, while dividend income is recorded in ‘other operating income’ when the right to receive the payment has been established.

The Group has not designated any financial assets upon initial recognition as at fair value through profit or loss.

5.3.3.2 Loans and Receivables to Banks and Other Customers

‘Loans and receivables to banks and other customers’ comprised of non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market, other than:

  • those that the Group intends to sell immediately or in the near term and those that the Group, upon initial recognition, designates as at fair value through profit or loss
  • those that the Group, upon initial recognition, designates as available-for-sale
  • those for which the Group may not recover substantially all of its initial investment, other than because of credit deterioration.

‘Loans and receivable to banks and other customers’ include Amounts due from banks, Loans & Advances, Lease Receivable and Securities purchased under resale agreements of the Group.

When the Group is the lessor in a lease agreement that transfers substantially all of the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the asset to the lessee, the arrangement is classified as a finance lease. Amounts receivable under finance leases net of initial rentals received, unearned lease income and provision for impairment are classified as lease receivable and are presented within ‘Loans and receivables to customers’ in the Statement of Financial Position.

After initial measurement, ‘Loans and receivables to banks and other customers’ are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the EIR, less provision for impairment except when the Group designates loans and receivables at fair value through profit or loss. Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees and costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The amortisation is included in ‘Interest Income’ while the losses arising from impairment are recognised in ‘Impairment charges for loans and other losses’ in the Income Statement.

The Bank may enter into certain lending commitments where the loan, on draw down, is expected to be classified as held for trading because the intent is to sell the loans in the short term. These commitments to lend, if any, are recorded as derivatives and measured at fair value through profit or loss. Where the loan, on drawdown, is expected to be retained by the Bank, and not sold in the short term, the commitment is recorded only when it is an onerous contract that is likely to give rise to a loss.

Details of ‘Loans and receivables to banks and other customers’ are given in Notes 31 and 32.

5.3.3.2.1 Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements (Reverse Repos)

When the Group purchases a financial asset and simultaneously enters into an agreement to resale the asset (or a similar asset) at a fixed price on a future date (Reverse Repo), the arrangement is accounted for as a financial asset in the Statement of Financial Position reflecting the transaction’s economic substance as a loan granted by the Group. Subsequent to initial recognition, these securities issued are measured at their amortised cost using the EIR method with the corresponding interest receivable being recognised as interest income in profit or loss.

Details of ‘Securities purchased under resale agreements’ are given in Note 32.1(a).

5.3.3.3 Other Financial Investments Classified as Loans and Receivables

‘Other financial investments classified as loans and receivables’ include unquoted debt instruments. After initial measurement, these are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the EIR, less provision for impairment. Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees and costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The amortisation is included in ‘Interest Income’ while the losses arising from impairment are recognised in ‘Impairment charges for loans and other losses’ in the Income Statement.

Details of ‘Other financial investments classified as loans and receivables’ are given in Note 32.

5.3.3.4 Financial Investments – Available-for-Sale

Available-for-sale financial investments include equity and debt securities. Equity investments classified as available-for-sale are those which are neither classified as held for trading nor designated at fair value through profit or loss. Debt securities in this category are intended to be held for an indefinite period of time and may be sold in response to needs for liquidity or in response to changes in the market conditions.

Derivatives are recorded at fair value and carried as liabilities when their fair value is negative.

The Group has not designated any loans or receivables as available-for-sale.

After initial measurement, available-for-sale financial investments are subsequently measured at fair value.

Unrealised gains and losses are recognised in Equity through OCI in the ‘Available-for-sale reserve’. When these financial investments are disposed of, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in Equity is recycled to profit or loss in ‘Other operating income’. Interest earned whilst holding available-for-sale financial investments is reported as ‘Interest Income’ using the EIR. Dividend earned whilst holding available-for-sale financial investments are recognised in the Income Statement as ‘Other operating income’ when the right to receive the payment has been established. The losses arising from impairment of such investments too are recognised in the Income Statement in ‘Impairment losses on financial investments’ and removed from the ‘Available-for-sale reserve’.

Details of Financial Investments – Available-for-Sale are given in Note 33.

5.3.3.5 Financial Investments – Held-to-Maturity

Held- to-maturity financial investments are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturities, which the Group has the intention and ability to hold-to-maturity. After initial measurement, held-to-maturity financial investments are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the EIR, less impairment. Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees that are an integral part of the EIR. The amortisation is included in ‘Interest Income’ while the losses arising from impairment of such investments are recognised in ‘Impairment charges for loans and other losses’ in the Income Statement.

If the Group were to sell or reclassify more than an insignificant amount of held-to-maturity investments before maturity (other than in certain specific circumstances permitted in the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - LKAS 39 on ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’), the entire category would be tainted and would have to be reclassified as available-for-sale. Furthermore, the Group would be prohibited from classifying any financial asset as held-to-maturity during the following two years.

The Group has not designated any financial instrument as held-to-maturity financial investment.

5.3.3.6 Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, placements with banks and loans at call and at short notice that are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in their fair value and are used by the Group in the management of its short term commitments. They are brought to Financial Statements at their face values or the gross values, where appropriate. There were no cash and cash equivalents held by the Group companies that were not available for use by
the Group.

Cash and cash equivalents are carried at amortised cost in the Statement of Financial Position.

Details of Cash and cash equivalents are given in Note 26 to the Financial Statements.

5.3.3.7 Balances with Central Banks

The Monetary Law Act requires that all commercial banks operating in Sri Lanka to maintain a statutory reserve equal to 6% on all deposit liabilities denominated in Sri Lankan Rupees (6% in 2013). The Bank’s Bangladesh operation is required to maintain the statutory liquidity requirement of 19.5% (19% in 2013) on time and demand liabilities (both local and foreign currencies), inclusive of 6.5% (6% in 2013) in the form of a Cash Reserve Requirement and the balance 13% (13% in 2013) by way of foreign currency and/or in the form of unencumbered securities held with the Bangladesh Bank.

Balances with Central Banks are carried at amortised cost in the Statement of Financial Position.

Details of the Balances with Central Banks are given in Note 27 to the Financial Statements.

5.3.4 Classification and Subsequent Measurement of Financial Liabilities

Group classifies financial liabilities into one of the following categories:

  • Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, and within this category as;
    • Held-for-trading; or
    • Designated at fair value through profit or loss.
  • Financial liabilities at amortised cost

The subsequent measurement of financial liabilities depends on their classification.

Please refer Notes 5.3.4.1 and 5.3.4.2 detailed below.

5.3.4.1 Financial Liabilities at Fair Value through Profit or Loss

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include financial liabilities held-for- trading and financial liabilities designated upon initial recognition as at fair value through profit or loss. Refer Notes 5.3.4.1.1 and 5.3.4.1.2 below.

5.3.4.1.1 Financial Liabilities Held-for-Trading

Financial liabilities are classified as held-for-trading, if they are incurred principally for the purpose of repurchasing in the near term or holds as a part of a portfolio that is managed together for short term profit or position taking.

This category includes derivative financial instruments entered into by the Group that are not designated as hedging instruments in hedge relationships as per the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - LKAS 39 on ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’. Separated embedded derivatives are also classified as held-for-trading unless they are designated as effective hedging instruments.

Derivatives are recorded at fair value and carried as liabilities when their fair value is negative.

Gains or losses on financial liabilities held-for-trading are recognised in the Income Statement.

Details of derivative financial liabilities are given in Note 41.

5.3.4.1.2 Financial Liabilities Designated at Fair Value through Profit or Loss

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss are recorded in the Statement of Financial Position at fair value. Changes in fair value are recorded in ‘Net gain or loss on financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss’. Interest paid/ payable is accrued in ‘Interest Expense’, using the EIR.

The Group has not designated any financial liabilities upon initial recognition as at fair value through profit or loss.

5.3.4.2 Financial Liabilities at Amortised Cost

Financial instruments issued by the Group that are not designated at fair value through profit or loss, are classified as liabilities under ‘Due to Banks’, Securities sold under repurchase agreements, ‘Debt Securities Issued’ or ‘Subordinated Liabilities’ as appropriate, where the substance of the contractual arrangement results in the Group having an obligation either to deliver cash or another financial asset to the holder, or to satisfy the obligation other than by the exchange of a fixed amount of cash or another financial asset for a fixed number of own equity shares.

After initial recognition, such financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the EIR method. Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortisation is included in ‘Interest Expenses’ in the Income Statement. Gains and losses too are recognised in the Income Statement when the liabilities are derecognised as well as through the EIR amortisation process.

5.3.4.2.1 Due to Banks

These represents refinance borrowings, call money borrowings, credit balances in Nostro Accounts and borrowings from financial institutions. Subsequent to initial recognition these are measured at their amortised cost using the EIR method. Interest paid/payable on these borrowings is recognised in profit or loss.

Details of the ‘Due to banks’ are given in Notes 40.

5.3.4.2.2 Due to Other Customers/Deposits from Customers

These include non-interest-bearing deposits, savings deposits, term deposits, deposits payable at call and certificates of deposit. Subsequent to initial recognition deposits are measured at their amortised cost using the EIR method, except where the Group designates liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. Interest paid/payable on these deposits is recognised in profit or loss.

Details of ‘Due to other customers/Deposits from customers’ are given in Note 42.

5.3.4.2.3 Debt Securities Issued

These represent the funds borrowed by the Group for long term funding requirements. Subsequent to initial recognition debt securities issued are measured at their amortised cost using the EIR method, except where the Group designates debt securities issued at fair value through profit or loss. Interest paid/payable is recognised in profit or loss.

The Group does not have any debt securities issued as at the Reporting date.

5.3.4.2.4 Securities Sold Under Resale Agreements (Repos)

When the Group sells a financial asset and simultaneously enters into an agreement to repurchase the asset (or a similar asset) at a fixed price on a future date (Repos), the arrangement is accounted for as a financial liability in the Statement of Financial Position reflecting the transaction’s economic substance as a deposit. Subsequent to initial recognition, these securities are measured at their amortised cost using the EIR method with the corresponding interest payable being recognised as interest expense in profit or loss.

The details of the Group’s Financial liabilities at amortised cost is disclosed in Notes 40, 42, 43 and 49.

5.3.5 Reclassification of Financial Assets & Liabilities

The Group reclassifies non-derivative financial assets out of the ‘held-for-trading’ category and into the ‘available-for-sale’, ‘loans and receivables’, or ‘held-to-maturity’ categories as permitted by the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - LKAS 39 on ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’. Further, in certain circumstances, the Group is permitted to reclassify financial instruments out of the ‘available-for-sale’ category and into the ‘loans and receivables’ category. Reclassifications are recorded at fair value at the date of reclassification, which becomes the new amortised cost.

For a financial asset with a fixed maturity reclassified out of the ‘available-for-sale’ category, any previous gain or loss on that asset that has been recognised in Equity is amortised to profit or loss over the remaining life of the asset using the EIR. Any difference between the new amortised cost and the expected cash flows is also amortised over the remaining life of the asset using the EIR. In the case of a financial asset that does not have a fixed maturity, the gain or loss is recognised in the profit or loss when such financial asset is sold or disposed of. If the financial asset is subsequently determined to be impaired, then the amount recorded in Equity is recycled to profit or loss.

The Group may reclassify a non-derivative trading asset out of the ‘held-for-trading’ category and into the ‘loans and receivables’ category if it meets the definition of loans and receivables and the Group has the intention and ability to hold the financial asset for the foreseeable future or until maturity. If a financial asset is reclassified and if the Group subsequently increases its estimates of future cash receipts as a result of increased recoverability of those cash receipts, the effect of that increase is recognised as an adjustment to the EIR from the date of the change in estimate.

Reclassification is at the election of the Management and is determined on an instrument-by-instrument basis.

The Group does not reclassify any financial instrument into the fair value through profit or loss category after initial recognition. Further, the Group does not reclassify any financial instrument out of the fair value through profit or loss category if upon initial recognition it was designated as at fair value through profit or loss.

5.3.6 Derecognition of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

5.3.6.1 Financial Assets

The Group derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred or in which the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership and it does not retain control of the financial asset.

On derecognition of a financial asset, the difference between the carrying amount of the asset (or the carrying amount allocated to the portion of the asset derecognised) and the sum of the consideration received (including any new asset obtained less any new liability assumed) and any cumulative gain or loss that had been recognised in OCI is recognised in profit or loss. Any interest in transferred financial assets that qualify for derecognition that is created or retained by the Group is recognised as a separate asset or liability.

The Group enters into transactions whereby it transfers assets recognised on its Statement of Financial Position, but retains either all or substantially all of the risks and rewards of the transferred assets or a portion of them. In such cases, the transferred assets are not derecognised. Examples of such transactions are securities lending and sale and repurchase transactions.

When assets are sold to a third party with a concurrent total rate of return swap on the transferred assets, the transaction is accounted for as a secured financing transaction similar to sale and repurchase transactions because the Group retains all or substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of such assets.

In transactions in which the Group neither retains nor transfers substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of a financial asset and it retains control over the asset, the Group continues to recognise the asset to the extent of its continuing involvement, determined by the extent to which it is exposed to changes in the value of the transferred asset.

In certain transactions, the Group retains the obligation to service the transferred financial asset for a fee. The transferred asset is derecognised if it meets the derecognition criteria. An asset or liability is recognised for the servicing contract if the servicing fee is more than adequate (asset) or is less than adequate (liability) for performing the servicing.

5.3.6.2 Financial Liabilities

The Group derecognises a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled or expired.

5.3.7 Offsetting of Financial Instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the Statement of Financial Position if, and only if, there is a currently enforceable legal right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or to realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.

Income and expenses are presented on a net basis only when permitted under SLFRSs, or for gains and losses arising from a group of similar transactions such as in the Group’s trading activity.

5.3.8 Amortised Cost Measurement

An ‘amortised cost’ of a financial asset or financial liability is the amount at which the financial asset or liability is measured at initial recognition, minus principal repayments, plus or minus the cumulative amortisation using the EIR method of any difference between the initial amount recognised and the maturity amount, minus any reduction for impairment.

5.3.9 Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value measurement of financial instruments including the fair value hierarchy is explained in the Note 4.

5.3.10 Identification and Measurement of Impairment of Financial Assets

At each Reporting date the Group assesses whether there is objective evidence that financial assets not carried at fair value through profit or loss are impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets is ‘impaired’ when objective evidence demonstrates that a loss event has occurred after the initial recognition of the asset(s) and that the loss event has an impact on the future cash flows of the asset(s) that can be estimated reliably.

Objective evidence that financial assets (including equity securities) are impaired can include:

  • significant financial difficulty of the borrower or issuer,
  • reschedulement of credit facilities,
  • default or delinquency by a borrower,
  • restructuring of a loan or advance by the Group on terms that the Group would not otherwise consider,
  • indications that a borrower or issuer will enter bankruptcy,
  • the disappearance of an active market for a security, or
  • other observable data relating to a group of assets such as adverse changes in the payment status of borrowers or issuers in the group or economic conditions that correlate with defaults in the Group.

In addition, for an investment in an equity security, a significant or prolonged decline in its fair value below its cost is considered as an objective evidence of impairment.

5.3.10.1 Impairment of Financial Assets Carried at Amortised Cost
Individual Assessment of Impairment

For financial assets carried at amortised cost (such as amounts due from banks, loans and advances to customers as well as held to maturity investments), the Group first assesses individually whether objective evidence of impairment exists for financial assets that are individually significant or collectively for financial assets that are not individually significant. Assets that are individually assessed for impairment and for which an impairment loss is, or continues to be, recognised are not included in a collective assessment of impairment.

If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss has been incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future expected credit losses that have not yet been incurred). The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of a provision account and the amount of impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss. Interest income continues to be accrued and recorded in ‘Interest Income’ on the reduced carrying amount/impaired balance and is accrued using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss.

The present value of the estimated future cash flows is discounted at the financial asset’s original EIR. If a loan has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current EIR. If the Bank has reclassified trading assets to loans and advances, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the new EIR determined at the reclassification date. The calculation of the present value of the estimated future cash flows of a collateralised financial asset, reflects the cash flows that may result from foreclosure less costs for obtaining and selling the collateral, whether or not foreclosure is probable.

Loans together with the associated impairment provision are written-off when there is no realistic prospect of future recovery and all collateral has been realised or has been transferred to the Bank. If, in a subsequent year, the amount of the estimated impairment loss increases or decreases because of an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, the previously recognised impairment loss is increased or reduced by adjusting the provision account. If a future write-off is later recovered, the recovery is credited to the ‘other income’.

Collective Assessment of Impairment

If the Group determines that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed financial asset, it includes the asset in a group of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assesses them for impairment.

For the purpose of a collective evaluation of impairment, financial assets are grouped on the basis of the Bank’s internal credit grading system, that considers credit risk characteristics such as asset type, industry, geographical location, collateral type, past-due status and other relevant factors.

Future cash flows on a group of financial assets that are collectively evaluated for impairment, are estimated on the basis of historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the group. Historical loss experience is adjusted on the basis of current observable data to reflect the effects of current conditions on which the historical loss experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not exist currently. Estimates of changes in future cash flows reflect and are directionally consistent with changes in related observable data from year-to-year such as changes in;

  • Interest rates,
  • Inflation rates,
  • Growth in Gross Domestic Product (GDP),
  • Global GDP growth rates,
  • Countries’ Sovereign ratings, Ease of Doing Business Indices,
  • Exchange rates,
  • Political Stability,
  • Portfolio factors including percentage of restructured performing loans.

The methodology and assumptions used for estimating provision for impairment including assumptions for projecting future cash flows are reviewed regularly to reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience.

Details of impairment losses and provisions (both individual and collective) on financial assets carried at amortised cost and an analysis of the impairment provision on loans and advances by class are given in Note 17 and Note 32.

Impairment of Rescheduled Loans and Advances

Where possible, the Bank seeks to reschedule loans and advances rather than to take possession of collateral. This may involve extending the payment arrangements and the agreement of new loan conditions. In case of individually significant rescheduled credit facilities, once the terms have been renegotiated, any impairment is measured using the original EIR as calculated before the modification of terms and the loan/advance is no longer considered past due. Management continually reviews renegotiated loans and advances to ensure that all criteria are met and that future repayments are likely to occur.

Collateral Valuation

The Bank seeks to use collateral, where possible, to mitigate its risks on financial assets. The collateral comes in various forms such as cash, gold, Government securities, letters of credit/guarantees, real estate, receivables, inventories, other non-financial assets and credit enhancements such as netting agreements, etc. The fair value of collateral is generally assessed, at a minimum, at inception and based on the Bank’s annual reporting schedule.

To the extent possible, the Bank uses active market data for valuing financial assets, held as collateral. Other financial assets which do not have readily determinable market values are valued using statistical models. Non-financial collateral, such as real estate, is valued based on data obtained from third parties such as professional valuers, Audited Financial Statements and other independent sources.

Collateral Repossessed

The Bank’s policy is to carry collaterals repossessed at fair value at the repossession date and such assets will be disposed at the earliest possible opportunity. These assets are recorded under assets held for sale as per the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - SLFRS 5 on ‘Non-Current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’.

5.3.10.2. Impairment of Financial Investments – Available-for-Sale

For available-for-sale financial investments, the Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is objective evidence that an investment is impaired.

In the case of debt instruments classified as available-for-sale, the Group assesses individually whether there is objective evidence of impairment based on the same criteria as financial assets carried at amortised cost. However, the amount recorded for impairment is the cumulative loss measured as the difference between the amortised cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that investment previously recognised in profit or loss. Future interest income is based on the reduced carrying amount/impaired balance and is accrued using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss. The interest income on such assets too is recorded within ‘Interest income’.

In the case of equity investments classified as available for sale, objective evidence would also include a ‘significant’ or ‘prolonged’ decline in the fair value of the investment below its cost. In general, the Group considers a decline of 20% to be ‘significant’ and a period of nine months to be ‘prolonged’. However, in specific circumstances a smaller decline or a shorter period may be appropriate. Where there is evidence of impairment, the cumulative impairment loss on that investment previously recognised in Equity through the OCI is removed from Equity and charged to profit or loss.

If, in a subsequent period, the fair value of an impaired available-for-sale debt instrument increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognised, then such impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss; otherwise, any increase in fair value is recognised through OCI. Any subsequent recovery in the fair value of an available-for-sale equity instrument is always recognised in OCI.

The Group writes-off certain Financial Investments – Available-for-Sale, either partially or in full and any related provision for impairment losses, when the Group determines that there is no realistic prospect of recovery.

5.4 Non-Current Assets Held for Sale and Disposal Groups

The Group intends to recover the value of Non-current Assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale as at the Reporting date principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable and the asset or disposal group is available for immediate sale in its present condition, Management has committed to the sale and the sale is expected to have been completed within one year from the date of classification.

As per the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - SLFRS 5 on ‘Non-current Assets held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’, these assets are measured at the lower of the carrying amount and fair value, less costs to sell. Thereafter, the Group assesses at each reporting date or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the investment or a group of investment is impaired. The Group recognises an impairment loss for any initial or subsequent write down of the assets to fair value less costs to sell and also recognises a gain for any subsequent increase in fair value less costs to sell of an asset, only to the extent of the cumulative impairment losses that have been recognised previously. As a result, once classified, the Group neither amortises nor depreciates the assets classified as held for sale.

In the Income Statement of the reporting period and of the comparable period of the previous year, income and expenses from discontinued operations are reported separately from income and expenses from continuing operations, down to the level of profit after taxes, even when the Group retains a NCI in a subsidiary after the sale. The resulting profit or loss (after taxes) is reported separately in the Income Statement.

5.5 Leases

The determination of whether an arrangement is a lease or it contains a lease, is based on the substance of the arrangement and requires an assessment of whether the fulfilment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset or assets and the arrangement conveys a right to use the asset.

5.5.1 Operating Leases

5.5.1.1 Operating Leases - Group as a Lessee

Leases that do not transfer to the Group substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased assets are operating leases. Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense in the Income Statement on a straight line basis over the lease term. Contingent rental payable is recognised as an expense in the period in which they are incurred.

5.5.1.2 Operating Leases - Group as a Lessor

Leases where the Group does not transfer substantially all of the risks and benefits of ownership of the asset are classified as operating leases. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating operating leases are added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognised over the lease term on the same basis as rental income.

Contingent rents are recognised as revenue in the period in which they are earned.

Details of Operating Leases are given in Note 64.

5.5.2 Finance Leases

5.5.2.1 Finance Leases - Group as a Lessee

Finance leases that transfer substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased item to the Group, are capitalised at the commencement of the lease at the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.

A leased asset is depreciated over the useful life of the asset. However, if there is no reasonable certainty that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term, the asset is depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset and the lease term.

5.5.2.2 Finance Leases - Group as a Lessor

When the Group is the lessor under finance leases the amounts due under the leases, after deduction of unearned charges, are included in ‘loans and advances to banks’ or ‘loans and advances to other customers’, as appropriate. The finance income receivable is recognised in ‘interest income’ over the periods of the leases so as to give a constant rate of return on the net investment in the leases.

5.6 Property, Plant & Equipment

The Group applies the requirements of the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - LKAS 16 on ‘Property, Plant & Equipment’ in accounting for its owned assets (including buildings under operating leases where the Group is the lessor) which are held for and use in the provision of services, for rental to others or for administrative purposes and are expected to be used for more than one year.

5.6.1 Basis of Recognition

Property, Plant & Equipment are recognised if it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the asset will flow to the Group and cost of the asset can be reliably measured.

5.6.2 Basis of Measurement

An item of Property, Plant & Equipment that qualifies for recognition as an asset is initially measured at its cost. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset and subsequent costs (excluding the costs of day-to-day servicing) as explained in Note 5.6.3 below. The cost of self-constructed assets includes the cost of materials and direct labour, any other costs directly attributable to bringing the asset to a working condition for its intended use and the costs of dismantling and removing the items and restoring the site on which they are located and capitalised borrowing costs. Purchased software which is integral to the functionality of the related equipment is capitalised as part of Computer Equipment.

When parts of an item of property or equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items (major components) of property and equipment.

5.6.2.1 Cost Model

The Group applies the Cost Model to all Property, Plant & Equipment except freehold land and freehold and leasehold buildings and records at cost of purchase together with any incidental expenses thereon, less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses.

5.6.2.2 Revaluation Model

The Group applies the Revaluation Model for the entire class of freehold land and freehold and leasehold buildings for measurement after initial recognition. Such properties are carried at revalued amounts, being their fair value at the date of revaluation, less any subsequent accumulated depreciation on buildings and any accumulated impairment losses charged subsequent to the date of valuation. Freehold land and buildings of the Group are revalued by independent professional valuers every three years or more frequently if the fair values are substantially different from their carrying amounts to ensure that the carrying amounts do not differ from the fair values at the Reporting date.

On revaluation of an asset, any increase in the carrying amount is recognised in Revaluation Reserve in Equity through OCI or used to reverse a previous loss on revaluation of the same asset, which was charged to the Income Statement. In this circumstance, the increase is recognised as income only to the extent of the previous write down in value. Any decrease in the carrying amount is recognised as an expense in the Income Statement or charged to Revaluation Reserve in equity through OCI, only to the extent of any credit balance existing in the Revaluation Reserve in respect of that asset. Any balance remaining in the Revaluation Reserve in respect of an asset, is transferred directly to Retained Earnings on retirement or disposal of the asset.

The Group revalued all its freehold land & freehold & leasehold buildings as at December 31, 2014. Methods and significant assumptions including unobservable market inputs employed in estimating the fair value together with the sensitivity of same are given in Note 36.5 (b).

5.6.3 Subsequent Cost

Subsequent expenditure is capitalised only when it is probable that the future economic benefits of the expenditure will flow to the Group. Ongoing repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

5.6.4 Derecognition

An item of Property, Plant & Equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset), is recognised in ‘Other Income (Net)’ in profit or loss in the year the asset is derecognised.

When replacement costs are recognised in the carrying amount of an item of Property, Plant & Equipment, the remaining carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognised as required by Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - LKAS 16 on ‘Property, Plant & Equipment’.

5.6.5 Capital Work-in-Progress

These are expenses of a capital nature directly incurred in the construction of buildings, major plant and machinery and system development, awaiting capitalisation. These are stated in the Statement of Financial Position at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Capital work-in-progress is transferred to the relevant asset when it is in the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management (i.e. available for use).

5.6.6 Depreciation

Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of items of property, plant & equipment less their estimated residual values using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, and is recognised in profit or loss. Leased assets under finance leases are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives. Freehold land is not depreciated.

The estimated useful lives of the Property, Plant & Equipment of the Bank as at December 31, 2014 are as follows:

Class of Asset % Per Annum Period
Freehold and Leasehold Buildings 2.5 40 years
Motor Vehicles 20 5 years
Computer Equipment 20 5 years
Office Equipment 20 5 years
Office Interior Work 20 5 years
Furniture & Fittings 10 10 years
Machinery & Equipment 10 10 years

The above rates are compatible with the rates used by all Group entities.

The above rates are also comparable with the rates applied in the previous year, except in the case of Office Interior Work which carried depreciation at the rate of 10% per annum until December 31, 2013.

The depreciation rates are determined separately for each significant part of an item of Property, Plant & Equipment and commence to depreciate when it is available for use, i.e., when it is in the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by the management. Depreciation of an asset ceases at the earlier of the date that the asset is classified as held for sale or the date that the asset is derecognised.

All classes of Property, Plant & Equipment together with the reconciliation of carrying amounts and accumulated depreciation at the beginning and at the end of the year are given in Note 36.

5.6.7 Change in Depreciation Rate

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reassessed at each Reporting date and adjusted, if appropriate. As a result, the depreciation rate applicable for Office Interior Work was changed to 20% per annum from 10% per annum with effect from January 1, 2014. These are considered as changes in accounting estimates and hence applied prospectively.

The reason for the said change and the impact is given in Note 19.

5.6.8 Borrowing Costs

As per the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - LKAS 23 on ‘Borrowing costs’, the Group capitalises borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset as part of the cost of the asset. A qualifying asset is an asset which takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale. Other borrowing costs are recognised in the profit or loss in the period in which they occur.

5.7 Intangible Assets

The Bank’s intangible assets include the value of acquired goodwill and computer software.

5.7.1 Basis of Recognition

An intangible asset is recognised if it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the asset will flow to the entity and the cost of the asset can be measured reliably in accordance with the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - LKAS 38 on ‘Intangible Assets’.

Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a business combination is their fair value as at the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, these assets are stated in the Statement of Financial Position at cost, less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses, if any.

5.7.2 Subsequent Expenditure

Subsequent expenditure on intangible assets is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific asset to which it relates. All other expenditure is expensed as incurred.

5.7.3 Useful Economic Lives, Amortisation and Impairment

The useful economic lives of intangible assets are assessed to be either finite or indefinite. The Group does not possess intangible assets with indefinite useful economic lives. Useful economic lives, amortisation and impairment of finite and indefinite intangible assets are described below:

5.7.3.1 Intangible Assets with Finite Lives and Amortisation

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortised over the useful economic lives. The amortisation period and the amortisation method for an intangible asset with a finite useful life are reviewed at least at each Reporting date. Changes in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embodied in the asset are accounted for by changing the amortisation period or method, as appropriate, and are treated as changes in accounting estimates, which require prospective application. The amortisation expense on intangible assets with finite lives is expensed as incurred.

5.7.3.1.1 Goodwill

Goodwill that arises on the acquisition of Subsidiaries is presented with intangible assets (Refer Note 5.1.1). Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount recognised for non-controlling interests, and any previous interest held, over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Subsequent to initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the acquiree are assigned to those units.

5.7.3.1.2 Computer Software

Software acquired by the Group is measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses.

Expenditure on internally developed software is recognised as an asset when the Group is able to demonstrate its intention and ability to complete the development and use the software in a manner that will generate future economic benefits, and can reliably measure the costs to complete the development. The capitalised costs of internally developed software include all costs directly attributable to developing the software and capitalised borrowing costs, and are amortised over its useful life. Internally developed software is stated at capitalised cost less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses.

Subsequent expenditure on software assets is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific asset to which it relates. All other expenditure is expensed as incurred.

5.7.3.1.3 Research and Development Costs

Research costs are expensed as incurred. Development expenditures on an individual project are recognised as an intangible asset when the Group can demonstrate:

  • The technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that the asset will be available for use or sale
  • Its intention to complete and its ability to use or sell the asset
  • The asset will generate future economic benefits
  • The availability of resources to complete the asset
  • The ability to measure reliably the expenditure during development
  • The ability to use the intangible asset generated

Following initial recognition of the development expenditure as an asset, the asset is carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses.

Amortisation of the asset begins when development is complete and the asset is available for use. The cost of the asset is amortised over the period of expected future benefit.

As at the Reporting date, the Group does not have development costs capitalised as an internally-generated intangible asset.

5.7.3.1.4 Amortisation of Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are amortised using the straight line method to write down the cost over its estimated useful economic lives at the rates specified below:

Class of Asset % Per Annum Period
Computer Software 20 5 years

Above rate is in consistent with the rates used in the comparative years.

The unamortised balances of intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed for impairment whenever there is an indication for impairment and recognised in profit or loss to the extent that they are no longer probable of being recovered from the expected future benefits.

Amortisation recognised during the year in respect of intangible assets is included under the item of ‘Amortisation of Intangible Assets’ under ‘Depreciation and Amortisation’ in profit or loss.

5.7.3.2 Intangible Assets with Indefinite Useful Lives

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortised but are tested for impairment annually either individually or at the CGU level as appropriate, when circumstances indicate that the carrying value is impaired. The useful life of an intangible asset with an indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine whether indefinite life assessment continues to be supportable. If not, the change in the useful life assessment from indefinite to finite is made on a prospective basis.

The Group does not have intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.

5.7.4 Derecognition of Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are derecognised on disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from their use. Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an intangible asset are measured as the difference between the net disposal proceed and the carrying amount of the asset and are recognised in profit or loss.

The Group has only acquired intangible assets, a list of which with the reconciliation of carrying amounts, accumulated amortisation at the beginning and at the end of the periods is given in Note 37.

A summary of Accounting Policies applied for the Group’s Intangible Assets is as follows:

Intangible Assets Useful Life Amortisation Method Used Internally Generated/Acquired Impairment Testing
Computer Software 5 years Amortised on a straight line basis over the useful life Acquired When indicators of impairment arise. The amortisation method is reviewed at each Reporting date
Goodwill N/A N/A Acquired in a Business Combination Annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may have been impaired.

5.8 Impairment of Non-Financial Assets

At each Reporting date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its non-financial assets (other than investment properties and deferred tax assets) to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. Goodwill is tested annually for impairment.

For impairment testing, assets are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that is largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or CGUs. Goodwill arising from a business combination is allocated to CGUs or groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination.

The ‘recoverable amount’ of an asset or CGU is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. ‘Value in use’ is based on the estimated future cash flows, discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or CGU.

An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount.

The Group’s corporate assets do not generate separate cash inflows and are used by more than one CGU. Corporate assets are allocated to CGUs on a reasonable and consistent basis and tested for impairment as part of the testing of the CGUs to which the corporate assets are allocated.

Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss. They are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the CGU, and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the CGU on a pro-rata basis.

An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. For other assets, an impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation,
if no impairment loss had been recognised.

5.9 Dividends Payable

Dividends on ordinary shares are recognised as a liability and deducted from equity when they are recommended and declared by the Board of Directors and approved by the shareholders. Interim dividends are deducted from Equity when they are declared and no longer at the discretion of the Bank.

Dividends for the year that are approved after the Reporting Date are not provided for and are disclosed as an event after the Reporting Period in accordance with the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - LKAS 10 on ‘Events after the Reporting Period’ in Note 66.3.

5.10 Employee Benefits

5.10.1 Defined Benefit Plans (DBPs)

A Defined Benefit Plan is a post-employment benefit plan other than a Defined Contribution Plan as defined in the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - LKAS 19 on ‘Employee Benefits’.

5.10.1.1 Defined Benefit Pension Plans
5.10.1.1.1 Description of the Plans and Employee Groups Covered

The Bank operates three types of Defined Benefit Pension Plans for its employees as described below:

(a) The Bank has an approved Pension Fund, which was established in 1992. As per the Deed of Trust, only those employees who were less than 45 years of age as at January 1, 1992 were covered by the Pension Fund in order to leave a minimum contribution for a period of 10 years before they are eligible to draw pension from the Pension Fund. Further, only the employees who joined the Bank on or before December 31, 2001, were in pensionable service of the Bank.

During 2006, the Bank offered a restructured pension scheme to convert the Defined Benefit Plan (DBP) to a Defined Contribution Plan (DCP) for the pensionable employees of the Bank and over 99% of them accepted it. As a result, the above Pension Fund now covers only those employees who did not opt for the restructured pension scheme and those employees who were covered by the Pension Fund previously but retired before the restructured pension scheme came into effect.

(b) Provision for pensions has been made for those employees who retired on or before December 31, 2001, and on whose behalf the Bank could not make contributions to the Retirement Pension Fund for more than 10 years. This liability although not funded has been provided for in full in the Financial Statements.

(c) Provision has been made in the Financial Statements for Retirement Gratuity from the first year of service for all employees who joined the Bank on or after January 1, 2002, as they are not in pensionable service of the Bank under either the DBP or DCP. However, if any of these employees resigns before retirement, the Bank is liable to pay gratuity to such employees. This liability although not funded has been provided for in full in the Financial Statements.

The Subsidiaries of the Bank do not operate Pension Funds.

The Bank’s net obligation in respect of Defined Benefit Pension Plans is calculated separately for each plan by using the Projected Unit Credit Actuarial Valuation Method, as per the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - LKAS 19 on ‘Employee Benefits’. This method involves estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods. That benefit is discounted to determine its present value as detailed in Note 47.

The past service cost is recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over the period until the benefits become vested. If the benefits are already vested following the introduction of, or changes to, a pension plan, past service cost is recognised immediately.

5.10.1.1.2 Recognition of Actuarial Gains or Losses

Actuarial gains or losses are recognised in the OCI in the period in which they arise.

5.10.1.1.3 Recognition of Retirement Benefit Obligation

The defined benefit asset or liability comprises the present value of the defined benefit obligation, less past service cost not yet recognised and less the fair value of plan assets out of which the obligations are to be settled directly. The value of any asset is restricted to the sum of any past service cost not yet recognised and the present value of any economic benefits available in the form of refunds from the plan or reductions in the future contributions to the plan.

Amounts recognised in profit or loss as expenses on DBPs and provisions made on DBPs together with valuation methods are given in Notes 18 and 47 respectively.

5.10.2 Defined Contribution Plans (DCPs)

A Defined Contribution Plan is a post-employment plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into a separate entity and will have no legal or constructive obligations to pay a further amount. Obligations to DCPs are recognised in the profit or loss as incurred. The Group has three such plans as explained in Notes 5.10.2.1, 5.10.2.2 and 5.10.2.3.

Amounts recognised in profit or loss as expenses on DCPs are given in Note 18.

5.10.2.1 Defined Contribution Pension Plan

As explained in Note 5.11.1.1.1(a), during 2006, the Bank restructured its pension scheme which was a DBP to a DCP. This restructured plan was offered on a voluntary basis to the eligible employees of the Bank. The scheme provides for lump sum payments instead of commuted/monthly pensions to the eligible employees at the point of their separation, in return for surrendering their pension rights. The lump sum offered consisted of a past service package and a future service package. The shortfall on account of the past service package in excess of the funds available in the Pension Fund was borne by the Bank in 2006.

The future service package includes monthly contributions to be made by the Bank for the employees who accepted the offer, to be made during their remaining period of service, at predetermined contribution rates to be applied on their salaries, which are estimated to increase for this purpose at 10% p.a. based on the salary levels that prevailed as at the date of implementation of this scheme. In addition, interest to be earned on the assets of the DCP is also allocated to the employees who opted for the restructured scheme.

The assets of this Fund are held separately from those of the Bank and are independently administered by the Trustees as per the provisions of the Trust Deed.

5.10.2.2 Employees’ Provident Fund

The Bank and employees contribute to the approved Private Provident Fund at 12% and 8% respectively, on the salaries of each employee. Other entities of the Group and their employees contribute at the same percentages as above to the Employees’ Provident Fund managed by the Central Bank of Sri Lanka.

5.10.2.3 Employees’ Trust Fund

The Bank and other entities of the Group contribute at the rate of 3% of the salaries of each employee to the Employees’ Trust Fund managed by the Central Bank of Sri Lanka.

5.10.3 Other Long-Term Employee Benefits

The Group’s net obligation in respect of long term employee benefits other than pension plans is the amount of future benefits that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods. That benefit is discounted to determine its present value, and the fair value of any related assets is deducted. The discount rate used as the yield at the Reporting date was the current market rate that has been extrapolated to reflect long-term rate of discount based on market rates of interest on short term corporate/government bonds and anticipated long term rate of inflation. The calculation is performed using the Projected Unit Credit Method. Any actuarial gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they arise.

The Group does not have any other long term employee benefit plans.

5.10.4 Terminal Benefits

Termination benefits are expensed at the earlier of when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits and when the Group recognises costs for a restructuring. If benefits are not expected to be wholly settled within 12 months of the Reporting date, then they are discounted.

5.10.5 Short Term Employee Benefits

Short term employee benefits are expensed as the related service is provided. A liability is recognised for the amount expected to be paid if the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee and the obligation can be estimated reliably.

5.10.6 Equity Compensation Benefits

Share-based payment arrangements in which the Group receives services as consideration for its own equity instruments are accounted for as equity-settled share-based payment transactions, regardless of how the equity instruments are obtained by the Group. Senior Executives Employees of the Group receive remuneration in the form of share-based payment transactions, whereby employees render services as consideration for equity instruments (equity-settled transactions). The Group does not operate any cash-settled share-based payment transactions.

The Group applies the requirements of the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - SLFRS 2 on ‘Share-Based Payment’ in accounting for equity settled share-based payment transactions, if any, that were granted after January 1, 2012 and had not vested at the same date. As per the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - SLFRS 2 on ‘Share-based Payment’, on the grant date fair value of equity-settled share-based payment awards (i.e., share options) granted to employees is recognised as personnel expense, with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which the employees unconditionally become entitled to the awards. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the number of share awards for which the related service and non-market performance vesting conditions are expected to be met such that the amount ultimately recognised as an expense is based on the number of share awards that do meet the related service and non-market performance conditions at the vesting date. For share-based payment awards with non-vesting conditions, the grant date fair value of the share-based payment is measured to reflect such conditions and there is no true-up for differences between expected and actual outcomes.

As the Group did not grant any share-based payment transaction after January 01, 2012, it did not apply the above accounting treatment during the year and the proceeds received by the Group in consideration for the shares issued (in connection with the Employee Share Option Schemes granted prior to January 01, 2012) were accounted for as Stated Capital within equity.

The details of Employee Share Option Plans are given in Note 50.2.

The dilutive effect of outstanding options is reflected as additional share dilution in the computation of diluted earnings per share as disclosed in Note 22.2.

5.11 Other Liabilities

Other liabilities include provisions made on account of interest, fees and expenses, gratuity/pensions, leave encashment and other provisions. These liabilities are recorded at amounts expected to be payable at the Reporting date.

Details of ‘Other Liabilities’ are given in Note 47.

5.12 Provisions

A provision is recognised if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The unwinding of the discount is recognised in ‘Interest Expense’ in profit or loss.

5.13 Restructuring

Provision for restructuring is recognised when the Group has approved a detailed and formal restructuring plan, and the restructuring either has commenced or has been announced publicly. Future operating losses are not provided for.

The Group does not have any provision for restructuring as at the Reporting date.

5.14 Onerous Contracts

A provision for onerous contracts is recognised when the expected benefits to be derived by the Group from a contract are lower than the unavoidable cost of meeting its obligations under the contract. The provision is measured at the present value of the lower of the expected cost of terminating the contract and the expected net cost of continuing with the contract.

The Group does not have any onerous contracts as at the Reporting date.

5.15 Financial Guarantees and Loan Commitments

‘Financial guarantees’ are contracts that require the Group to make specified payments to reimburse the holder for a loss that it incurs because a specified debtor fails to make payment when it is due in accordance with the terms of a debt instrument. ‘Loan commitments’ are firm commitments to provide credit under pre-specified terms and conditions.

Liabilities arising from financial guarantees or commitments to provide a loan at a below-market interest rate are initially measured at fair value and the initial fair value is amortised over the life of the guarantee or the commitment. The liability is subsequently carried at the higher of this amortised amount and the present value of any expected payment to settle the liability when a payment under the contract has become probable. Financial guarantees and commitments to provide a loan at a below-market interest rate are included within other liabilities.

5.16 Commitments

All discernible risks are accounted for in determining the amount of known liabilities as explained in Note 5.11 above.

Details of the commitments are given in Notes 55.2 and 55.3 to the Financial Statements.

5.17 Contingent Liabilities and Commitments

Contingent liabilities are possible obligations whose existence will be confirmed only by uncertain future events or present obligations where the transfer of economic benefit is not probable or cannot be readily measured as defined in the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - LKAS 37 on ‘Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets’.

To meet the financial needs of customers, the Bank enters into various irrevocable commitments and contingent liabilities. These consist of financial guarantees, letters of credit and other undrawn commitments to lend. Letters of credit and guarantees commit the Bank to make payments on behalf of customers in the event of a specific act, generally related to the import or export of goods. Guarantees and standby letters of credit carry a similar credit risk to loans.

Contingent liabilities are not recognised in the Statement of Financial Position but are disclosed unless its occurrence is remote.

Operating lease commitments of the Group (as a lessor and as a lessee) form part of commitments and pending legal claims against the Group form part of contingencies.

Even though these obligations may not be recognised on the Statement of Financial Position, they do contain credit risk and are therefore part of the overall risk of the Bank as disclosed in Note 55.1.

5.17.1 Legal Claims

Litigation is a common occurrence in the banking industry due to the nature of the business undertaken. The Bank has formal controls and policies for managing legal claims. Once professional advice has been obtained and the amount of loss reasonably estimated, the Bank makes adjustments to account for any adverse effects which the claims may have on its financial standing. At the Reporting date the Group had several unresolved legal claims. The significant unresolved legal claims against the Bank for which legal advisor of the Bank advised as the loss is possible, but not probable, that the action will succeed. Accordingly, no provision for any claims has been made in these Financial Statements.

A detailed list of significant pending litigations against the Group is given in Note 57.

5.17.2 Contingent Liabilities, Commitments of Other Group Entities

The Bank’s share of any contingencies and capital commitments of a Subsidiary or an Associate for which the Bank is also liable severally or otherwise is included with appropriate disclosures.

Details of the Commitments and contingencies of other Group entities are given in Note 55.4.

5.18 Stated Capital and Reserves

5.18.1 Debt Vs Equity

The Group classifies capital instruments as financial liabilities or equity instruments in accordance with the substance of the contractual terms of the instruments. Distributions thereon are recognised as interest or dividend depending on the debt or equity classification.

5.18.2 Share Issue Costs

Incremental costs that are directly attributable to the issue of an equity instrument are deducted from the initial measurement of the equity instruments.

5.18.3 Reserves

Several statutory and voluntary reserves are maintained by the Group in order to meet various legal and operational requirements. The details of these reserves including the nature and purpose of maintaining them are given in Notes 51, 52 and 53.

5.19 Earnings Per Share (EPS)

The Group computes basic and diluted EPS data for its ordinary shares. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss that is attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Group/Bank by the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the profit or loss that is attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Group/Bank and the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary shares, which comprise share options granted to employees.

Details of Basic and Diluted EPS are given in Note 22.

5.20 Operating Segments

An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, including revenues and expenses that relate to transactions with any of the Group’s other components, whose operating results are reviewed regularly by the Corporate Management Team headed by the Managing Director/Chief Executive Officer (being the chief operating decision-maker) to make decisions about resources allocated to each segment and assess its performance, and for which discrete financial information is available.

The Group has five strategic divisions which are reportable segments, namely:

Operating Segment Types of Products and Services Offered
Personal Banking Refer ‘Bank’s Products and Services Portfolio’ in Our Business Model


 
Corporate Banking
International Operations
Investment Banking
Dealing and Treasury

Segment performance is evaluated based on operating profits or losses which, in certain respects, are measured differently from operating profits or losses in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Income taxes are managed on a group basis and are not allocated to operating segments.

Segment results that are reported to the Chief Executive Officer (being the chief operating decision-maker) include items that are directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated on a reasonable basis. Unallocated items comprise mainly corporate assets (primarily the Bank’s head office), head office expenses and tax assets and liabilities.

Interest income is reported on a net basis as management primarily relies on net interest income as a performance measure and not the gross income and expense.

Inter-segment transactions are accounted for at fair market prices charged to inter-bank counterparts for similar services on an arm’s length basis. Such transfers are eliminated on consolidation.

No revenue from transactions with a single external customer or counterparty amounted to 10% or more of the Bank’s total revenue in 2014 or 2013.

Detailed information on the results of each reportable segment as required by the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - SLFRS 8 on ‘Operating Segments’ is provided in Note 59.

5.21 Fiduciary Assets

The Bank provides trust and other fiduciary services that result in the holding or investing of assets on behalf of its clients. Assets held in a fiduciary capacity are not reported in these Financial Statements as they do not belong to the Bank.

6. Significant Accounting Policies - Recognition of Income and Expenses

Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the revenue can be reliably measured. The following specific recognition criteria must also be met before revenue is recognised:

6.1 Interest Income and Expense

Interest income and expense are recognised in profit or loss using the EIR method. The ‘effective interest rate’ is the rate that exactly discounts the estimated future cash payments and receipts through the expected life of the financial asset or financial liability (or, where appropriate, a shorter period) to the carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability. When calculating the effective interest rate, the Group estimates future cash flows considering all contractual terms of the financial instrument, but not future credit losses.

The calculation of the EIR includes transaction costs and fees and points paid or received that are an integral part of the EIR. Transaction costs include incremental costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of a financial asset or financial liability.

Interest income and expense presented in the Income Statement include:

  • interest on financial assets and financial liabilities measured at amortised cost calculated on an EIR method;
  • interest income and expense on financial assets and liabilities held-for-trading calculated on an EIR method;
  • interest on available-for-sale investment securities calculated on an EIR method;
  • the effective portion of fair value changes in qualifying hedging derivatives designated in cash flow hedges of variability in interest cash flows, in the same period as the hedged cash flows affect interest income/expense, if any; and
  • the effective portion of fair value changes in qualifying hedging derivatives designated in fair value hedges of interest rate risk, if any.

6.2 Fees and Commission Income and Expense

Fees and commission income and expense that are integral to the EIR on a financial asset or liability are included in the measurement of the EIR.

Other fees and commission income, including account servicing fees, investment management fees, sales commission, placement fees and syndication fees, are recognised as the related services are performed. If a loan commitment is not expected to result in the drawdown of a loan, then the related loan commitment fees are recognised on a straight-line basis over the commitment period.

Other fees and commission expense relate mainly to transaction and service fees, which are expensed as the services are received.

6.3 Net Gains/(Losses) from Trading

‘Net gains/(losses) from trading’ comprise gains less losses related to trading assets and liabilities, and include all realised and unrealised fair value changes, dividends and foreign exchange differences.

6.4 Dividend Income

Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive income is established. Usually, this is the ex-dividend date for quoted equity securities. Dividends are presented in Net gains/(losses) from trading, or Net gains/(losses) from other financial investments based on the underlying classification of the equity investment.

6.5 Lease Income

In terms of the provisions of the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - LKAS 17 on ‘Leases’, the recognition of income on finance leases is accounted for based on a pattern reflecting a constant periodic rate of return on capital outstanding.

The excess of aggregate lease rentals receivable over the cost of the leased assets constitutes the total unearned lease income at the commencement of a lease. The unearned lease income included in the lease rentals receivable is recognised in profit or loss over the term of the lease commencing from the month in which the lease is executed using EIR.

6.6 Lease Payments

Payments made under operating leases are recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives received are recognised as an integral part of the total lease expense, over the term of the lease.

Minimum lease payments made under finance leases are apportioned between the finance expense and the reduction of the outstanding liability. The finance expense is allocated to each period during the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest expense on the remaining balance of the liability.

Contingent lease payments are accounted for by revising the minimum lease payments over the remaining term of the lease when the lease adjustment is confirmed.

6.7 Rental Income and Expenses

Rental income and expense are recognised in the profit or loss on an accrual basis.

7. Significant Accounting Policies - Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax expense is recognised in the Income Statement except to the extent it relates to items recognised directly in Equity or in OCI, in which case it is recognised in equity or in OCI.

7.1 Current Taxation

Current tax’ comprises the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year and any adjustment to the tax payable or receivable in respect of previous years. It is measured using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted, at the Reporting date.

Accordingly, provision for taxation is made on the basis of the accounting profit for the year as adjusted for taxation purposes in accordance with the provisions of the Inland Revenue Act No. 10 of 2006 and amendments thereto, at the rates specified in Note 21.1. This Note also includes the major components of tax expense, the effective tax rates and a reconciliation between the profit before tax and tax expense as required by the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - LKAS 12 on ‘Income Taxes’.

Provision for taxation on the overseas operations is made on the basis of the accounting profit for the year as adjusted for taxation purposes in accordance with the provisions of the relevant statutes in those countries using the tax rates enacted or substantively enacted, at the Reporting date.

7.2 Deferred Taxation

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognised for:

  • temporary differences on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss;
  • temporary differences related to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and
  • taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for unused tax losses, unused tax credits and deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be used. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each Reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.

Unrecognised deferred tax assets are reassessed at each Reporting date and recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be used.

Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary differences when they reverse, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the Reporting date.

The measurement of deferred tax reflects the tax consequences that would follow the manner in which the Group expects, at the Reporting date, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

Additional taxes that arise from the distribution of dividends by the Group are recognised at the same time as the liability to pay the related dividend is recognised. These amounts are generally recognised in profit or loss because they generally relate to income arising from transactions that were originally recognised in profit or loss.

Details of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities are given in Note 45.

7.3 Tax Exposures

In determining the amount of current and deferred tax, the Group considers the impact of tax exposures, including whether additional taxes and interest may be due. This assessment relies on estimates and assumptions and may involve a series of judgments about future events. New information may become available that causes the Group to change its judgment regarding the adequacy of existing tax liabilities. Such changes to tax liabilities would impact tax expense in the period in which such a determination is made.

7.4 Crop Insurance Levy (CIL)

As per the provisions of the Section 14 of the Finance Act No. 12 of 2013, the CIL was introduced with effect from April 01, 2013 and is payable to the National Insurance Trust Fund. Currently, the CIL is payable at 1% of the profit after tax.

7.5 Withholding Tax on Dividends Distributed by the Bank, Subsidiaries and Associates

7.5.1 Withholding Tax on Dividends Distributed by the Bank

Withholding tax that arises from the distribution of dividends by the Bank is recognised at the time the liability to pay the related dividend is recognised.

7.5.2 Withholding Tax on Dividends Distributed by the Subsidiaries and Associates

Dividends received by the Bank from its Subsidiaries and Associates, have attracted a 10% deduction at source.

7.6 Economic Service Charge (ESC)

As per the provisions of the Finance Act No. 11 of 2004, and amendments thereto, the ESC was introduced with effect from April 01, 2004. Currently, the ESC is payable at 0.25% on ‘Exempt Turnover’ and is deductible from the income tax payments. Unclaimed ESC, if any, can be carried forward and set-off against the income tax payable in the five subsequent years.

7.7 Value Added Tax on Financial Services

The value base for the computation of value added tax on financial services is calculated by adjusting the depreciation computed on rates prescribed by the Department of Inland Revenue to the accounting profit before Income Tax and emoluments payable. Emoluments payable include benefits in money and not in money including contribution or provision relating to terminal benefits.

7.8 Nation Building Tax on Financial Services (NBT)

With effect from January 01, 2014, NBT of 2% was introduced on supply of financial services via an amendment to the NBT Act No. 09, of 2009. NBT is chargeable on the same base used for calculation of VAT on financial services as explained in Note 7.7 above.

The amount of Value Added Tax and NBT charged in determining the profit or loss for the period is given in the Income Statement.

8. Statement of Cash Flows

The Statement of Cash Flows has been prepared by using the ‘Indirect Method’ of preparing cash flows in accordance with the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - LKAS 7 on ‘Statement of Cash Flows’. Cash and cash equivalents comprise of short term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. Cash and cash equivalents as referred to in the Statement of Cash Flows are comprised of those items as explained in Note 26.

The Statement of Cash Flows is given in Financial Reports section.

9. New Accounting Standards Applied Effective from January 01, 2014

New Accounting Standard Objective of the Accounting Standard
SLFRS 10 - ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’ Establishing principles for the preparation and presentation of Consolidated Financial Statements when an entity controls one or more other entities.
SLFRS 12 - ‘Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities’ Requiring the entity to disclose information that enables users of its Financial Statements to evaluate the nature and risks associated with its interests in other entities; and the effects of those interests on its financial performance, financial position, and cash flows.
SLFRS 13 - ‘Fair Value Measurement’ Defining fair value in a single SLFRS, a framework for measuring fair value and disclosures about fair value measurements.

10. New Accounting Standards Issued But Not Yet Effective

A number of new standards and amendments to standards which have been issued but not yet effective as at the Reporting date have not been applied in preparing these Consolidated Financial Statements. Accordingly, the following Accounting Standards have not been applied in preparing these Financial Statements and the Group plans to apply these standards on the respective effective dates.

Accounting Standard Summary of the Requirements Possible Impact on Consolidated Financial Statements
SLFRS 9 - ‘Financial Instruments’ SLFRS 9, issued in 2014, replaces the existing guidance in LKAS 39 - Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. SLFRS 9 includes revised guidance on the classification and measurement of financial instruments, including a new expected credit loss model for calculating impairment on financial assets, and the new general hedge accounting requirements. It also carries forward the guidance on recognition and derecognition of financial instruments from LKAS 39.

Effective date of SLFRS 9 has been deferred till January 01, 2018.

The Group/Bank is assessing the potential impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements resulting from the application of SLFRS 9.

Given the nature of the Group/Bank’s operations, this standard is expected to have a pervasive impact on the Group’s Financial Statements. In particular, calculation of impairment of financial instruments on an expected credit loss model is expected to result in an increase in the overall level of impairment allowances.

SLFRS 15 - ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ SLFRS 15 establishes a comprehensive framework for determining whether, how much and when revenue is recognised. It replaces existing revenue recognition guidance, including LKAS 18 on ‘Revenue’, and LKAS 11 on ‘Construction Contracts’.

SLFRS 15 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 01, 2017.

The Group/Bank is assessing the potential impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements resulting from the application of SLFRS 15.

The following new Accounting Standards are not expected to have an impact on the Financial Statements of the Group.

  • Agriculture: Bearer Plants (Amendments to LKAS 16 on ‘Property, Plant & Equipment’ and LKAS 41 on ‘Agriculture’). Effective date January 01, 2016
  • Regulatory Deferral Assets (SLFRS 14) - Effective date January 01, 2016

11. Gross Income

GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Interest income
[Refer Note 12.1]
61,932,876 62,754,147 61,832,018 62,763,644
Fees and commission income
[Refer Note 13.1]
5,613,684 4,880,093 5,592,744 4,876,517
Net gains/(losses) from trading
[Refer Note 14]
(305,492) (1,625,926) (305,492) (1,625,926)
Net gains/(losses) from financial
investments [Refer Note 15]
2,272,575 1,349,517 2,272,575 1,349,517
Other income (net)
[Refer Note 16]
5,024,171 6,346,685 5,049,995 6,372,515
Total 74,537,814 73,704,516 74,441,840 73,736,267

12. Net Interest Income

GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

12.1 Interest Income

Cash and cash equivalents 79,956 290,537 79,857 290,537
Placements with banks 136,051 65,013 136,051 65,013
Financial instruments –
Held-for-trading
349,330 447,257 349,330 447,257
Derivative financial instruments
Other financial instruments 349,330 447,257 349,330 447,257
Loans and receivables to banks 6,412 6,412
Loans and receivables to other customers(*) 43,590,891 48,662,980 43,487,699 48,669,919
Securities purchased under
resale agreements
2,046,020 473,563 2,046,020 473,563
Financial investments –
Available-for-sale
15,449,780 12,501,861 15,449,334 12,501,861
Interest income from impaired loans and receivables to other customers 278,878 304,712 278,878 304,712
Other interest income 1,970 1,812 4,849 4,370
Total interest income 61,932,876 62,754,147 61,832,018 62,763,644

(*) For better presentation and to be comparable with the current year’s classification, the Group has reclassified interest concessions granted to customers under ‘Impairment charges for loans and other losses’. Until December 31, 2013, this amount had been netted off against ‘Interest income on loans and receivables to other customers’.

GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

12.2 Interest Expenses

Due to banks 648,876 439,102 640,487 439,102
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 4,927,205 2,906,063 4,940,789 2,923,685
Due to other customers 27,652,070 32,097,921 27,657,322 32,103,850
Refinance borrowings 393,787 556,027 393,787 556,027
Foreign currency borrowings 225,013 236,965 225,013 236,965
Subordinated liabilities 766,101 619,126 752,781 619,126
Total interest expenses 34,613,052 36,855,204 34,610,179 36,878,755
Net interest income [Total of Note 12.1 less total of Note 12.2] 27,319,824 25,898,943 27,221,839 25,884,889

12.3 Net Interest Income from Government Securities

Interest Income and Interest Expenses on Government Securities given in the Notes 12.3 (a) and 12.3 (b) below have been extracted from Interest Income and Interest Expenses given in Notes 12.1 and 12.2, respectively and disclosed separately, as required by the Guidelines issued by the Central Bank of Sri Lanka.

GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

12.3 (a) Net Interest Income from Sri Lanka Government Securities

Interest income 18,119,028 14,159,223 18,118,582 14,159,223
Less: Interest expenses 5,204,286 3,187,878 5,217,870 3,205,500
Sub total 12,914,742 10,971,345 12,900,712 10,953,723

Notional tax credit on secondary market transactions

As per the Section 137 of the Inland Revenue Act No. 10 of 2006 and amendments thereto, Net Interest Income of the Group/Bank derived from secondary market transactions in Government securities, Treasury Bills or Treasury Bonds (Interest income accrued or received on outright or reverse repurchase transactions on Government Securities, Treasury Bills or Bonds less interest expenses on repurchase transactions with such Government Securities, Treasury Bills or Bonds from which such interest income was earned) for the period January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014 has been grossed up by Rs. 1,080.686 Mn. (2013 - Rs. 905.407 Mn.) and Rs. 1,079.038 Mn. (2013 - Rs. 903.649 Mn.) by the Group and the Bank respectively as the notional tax credit, consequent to the interest income on above instruments being subjected to withholding tax.

GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

12.3. (b) Net Interest Income from Bangladesh Government Securities

Interest income 1,545,740 1,121,953 1,545,740 1,121,953
Less: Interest expenses 12,694 7,875 12,694 7,875
Sub total 1,533,046 1,114,078 1,533,046 1,114,078

13. Net Fees and Commission Income

GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Fees and commission income
[Refer Note 13.1]
5,613,684 4,880,093 5,592,744 4,876,517
Less: Fees and commission expenses
[Refer Note 13.2]
764,322 627,235 761,527 627,235
Net fees and commission income 4,849,362 4,252,858 4,831,217 4,249,282

GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

13.1 Fees and Commission Income

Loans and advances related services 635,759 346,034 618,926 346,034
Credit and debit cards related services 1,603,161 1,455,167 1,603,161 1,455,167
Trade and remittances related services 1,948,321 1,794,432 1,948,321 1,794,432
Deposits related services 543,191 579,589 543,228 579,640
Guarantees related services 583,899 481,550 583,899 481,550
Other financial services 299,353 223,321 295,209 219,694
Sub total 5,613,684 4,880,093 5,592,744 4,876,517
GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

13.2 Fees and Commission Expenses

Loans and advances related services 45,097 35,066 42,302 35,066
Credit and debit cards related services 622,140 491,364 622,140 491,364
Trade and remittances related services 34,332 38,287 34,332 38,287
Other financial services 62,753 62,518 62,753 62,518
Sub total 764,322 627,235 761,527 627,235

14. Net Gains/(Losses) from Trading

GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Foreign exchange
From banks
From other customers (709,249) (1,866,386) (709,249) (1,866,386)
Interest rates
Net mark-to-market gains/(losses) 28,374 83,268 28,374 83,268
Net capital gains/(losses) 256,611 131,488 256,611 131,488
Equities
Net mark-to-market gains/(losses) 79,190 2,225 79,190 2,225
Net capital gains/(losses) 30,705 13,644 30,705 13,644
Dividend income from shares in the trading portfolio 8,877 9,835 8,877 9,835
Total (305,492) (1,625,926) (305,492) (1,625,926)

15. Net Gains/(Losses) from Financial Investments

GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Financial investments – Available-for-sale
Government securities 2,197,337 544,903 2,197,337 544,903
Equities 31,782 804,614 31,782 804,614
Net capital gains/(losses) 787,362 787,362
Dividend income 31,782 17,252 31,782 17,252
Loans and receivables
Government securities 41,523 41,523
Other securities 1,933 1,933
Total 2,272,575 1,349,517 2,272,575 1,349,517

16. Other Income (Net)

GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Gains/(losses) on sale of property, plant & equipment (2,144) 11,115 (4,916) 233
Gains/(losses) on revaluation of foreign exchange 2,190,423 3,862,003 2,190,423 3,862,435
Recoveries of loans written off and provision reversals 2,719,334 2,228,281 2,719,334 2,228,281
Dividend income from subsidiaries 70,383 70,451
Dividend income from associates 851 2,691 2,079
Rental and other income 116,558 245,286 74,771 209,036
Less: Dividends received from associates transferred to investment account (851) (2,691)
Total 5,024,171 6,346,685 5,049,995 6,372,515

17. Impairment Charges for Loans and Other Losses

GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Loans and receivables
To banks [Refer Note 31]
To other customers 4,898,249 5,177,019 4,879,606 5,177,019
   Charge/(write back) to the Income Statement - Individual Impairment(*)
    [Refer Note 32.2]
390,003 1,070,253 390,003 1,070,253
   Charge/(write back) to the Income Statement - Collective Impairment(*)
    [Refer Note 32.2]
4,480,932 4,007,742 4,462,289 4,007,742
Direct write-offs 27,314 99,024 27,314 99,024
Investments in subsidiaries [Refer Note 34.1] 28,787 14,184
Due from subsidiaries 10,362 12,809
Total 4,898,249 5,177,019 4,918,755 5,204,012

(*) For better presentation and to be comparable with the current year’s classification, the Group has separately identified provision reversals o/a loans and advances which were subjected to both individual and collective impairment under respective line items namely, ‘Charge/(write back) to the Income Statement from individual/Collective Impairment’. Until December 31, 2013, this amount had been netted off against ‘Charge/(write back) to the Income Statement on Individual Impairment’. Further, the Group has reclassified interest concessions granted to customers under ‘Impairment charges for loans and other losses’. Until December 31, 2013, this amount had been netted off against - ‘Interest income on loans and receivables to other customers’.

18. Personnel Expenses

GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Salary and bonus [Refer Note 18.1] 6,866,200 6,125,863 6,828,987 6,108,648
Pension Costs [Refer Note 18.1]
   Contributions to defined contribution/benefit plans - Funded schemes 984,213 904,919 980,821 900,844
   Contributions to defined benefit plans - Unfunded schemes
    [Refer Notes 47.1 (b) and 47.2 (b)]
164,438 165,791 157,687 160,113
Others [Refer Note 18.2] 941,472 1,024,692 935,553 1,016,600
Total 8,956,323 8,221,265 8,903,048 8,186,205

18.1 Salary, Bonus and Pension Costs

Salary, bonus and contributions to defined contribution/benefit plans, reported above also include amounts paid to and contribution made on behalf of Executive Directors.

18.2 Others

This includes expenses such as overtime payments, medical and hospitalisation charges, expenses incurred on staff training/recruitment and staff welfare activities, etc.

19. Depreciation and Amortisation

GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Depreciation of property, plant & equipment [Refer Note 36] 1,087,175 717,583 1,026,730 786,024
Amortisation of intangible assets
[Refer Note 37]
173,373 149,347 172,874 149,291
Amortisation of leasehold property
[Refer Note 38]
1,452 1,452 942 942
Total 1,262,000 868,382 1,200,546 936,257

With effect from January 01, 2014, the Bank changed the depreciation rate used for Office Interior Work to 20% per annum from the 10% per annum earlier with the objective of better reflecting the expected periodic consumption pattern of the said asset category resulting from the assessment of the expected future benefits associated. As a result, the depreciation expense of the Bank and the Group for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased by Rs. 210.172 Mn.

20. Other Operating Expenses

GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Directors’ emoluments [Refer Note 20.1] 30,077 24,453 27,463 23,058
Auditors’ remuneration 24,589 22,856 21,525 19,890
   Audit fees and expenses 11,502 10,823 9,032 8,596
   Audit related fees and expenses 7,792 6,654 7,570 6,405
   Non-audit fees and expenses 5,295 5,379 4,923 4,889
Professional and legal expenses 252,438 251,068 315,388 305,450
Deposit insurance premium to the Central Bank of Sri Lanka 433,296 443,179 433,296 443,179
Donations, including contribution made to the CSR Trust Fund 54,583 51,319 54,583 51,319
Establishment expenses 1,976,178 1,838,325 2,054,074 1,919,681
Maintenance of property, plant & equipment 755,013 790,373 865,063 864,533
Office administration expenses 1,975,789 1,879,251 1,851,186 1,797,220
Total 5,501,963 5,300,824 5,622,578 5,424,330

20.1 Directors’ Emoluments

Directors’ emoluments represent the fees paid to both Executive and Non-Executive Directors of the Group.

21. Income Tax Expense

21.1 Entity-wise Breakup of the Income Tax Expense in the Income Statement is as follows:

GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Bank
Current Year Tax Expense
Current year Income tax expense of Domestic Banking Unit 2,964,140 2,869,752 2,964,140 2,869,752
Current year Income tax expense of Off-shore Banking Centre 282,603 191,760 282,603 191,760
Current year Income tax expense of Bangladesh operation 1,169,581 960,937 1,169,581 960,937
Withholding tax on dividends paid 7,789 8,285 7,789 8,285
Sub total 4,424,113 4,030,734 4,424,113 4,030,734
Prior years
Under/(over) provision of taxes in respect of prior years [Refer Note 44 - Bank] 11,041 (169,789) 11,041 (169,789)
4,435,154 3,860,945 4,435,154 3,860,945
Deferred Tax Expense
Effect of change in tax rates
Origination and reversal of temporary differences [Refer Note 45.1 - Bank] 120,881 204,063 120,881 204,063
4,556,035 4,065,008 4,556,035 4,065,008
Subsidiaries
Income tax expense of Commercial Development Company PLC 36,332 46,266
Income tax expense of ONEzero Co. Ltd. 11,774 6,187
Income tax expense of Indra Finance Ltd. 12,983
Total 4,617,124 4,117,461 4,556,035 4,065,008
Effective tax rate (including deferred tax) 28.95% 28.01%
Effective tax rate (excluding deferred tax) 28.18% 26.61%

The income tax for 2014 and 2013 of the Bank and its subsidiaries have been provided on the taxable income at the rates shown below:

2014 2013
% %
Domestic operations of the Bank 28 28
Off-shore banking operation of the Bank 28 28
Bangladesh operation of the Bank 42.5 42.5
Commercial Development Company PLC 28 28
ONEzero Company Ltd. 28 28
Indra Finance Ltd. 28 N/A

Notional Tax Credit for Withholding Tax on Government Securities on Secondary Market Transactions

As per Section 137 of the Inland Revenue Act No. 10 of 2006 and amendments thereto, a Company engaged in secondary market transactions involving Government Securities, Treasury Bills or Treasury Bonds on which Income tax had been deducted at 10% per annum at the time of issue of such securities, is entitled to a notional tax credit of one-ninth of Net Interest Income earned from such secondary market transactions.

Accordingly, the net interest income earned by the Group and the Bank from the secondary market transactions in Government Securities, has been grossed up in these Financial Statements and such notional tax credit amounted to Rs. 1,080.686 Mn. and Rs. 1,079.038 Mn. respectively (Rs. 905.407 Mn. and Rs. 903.649 Mn. respectively in 2013).

21.2 Reconciliation of the Accounting Profit to Income Tax Expense

A reconciliation between taxable income and the accounting profit multiplied by the statutory tax rate is given below:

Tax Rate GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013
% % Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Accounting profit before tax from operations 15,859,917 14,690,918 15,736,216 14,510,519
Tax effect at the statutory income tax rate 4,932,962 4,430,380 4,874,034 4,389,700
   Domestic operations of the Bank 28 28 3,440,752 3,256,166 3,440,752 3,256,166
   Off-shore banking operation of the Bank 28 28 268,589 167,244 268,589 167,244
   Bangladesh operation 42.5 42.5 1,164,693 966,290 1,164,693 966,290
   Subsidiaries 28 28 58,928 40,680
Tax effect of exempt income (865,453) (887,400) (865,453) (887,400)
Tax effect of non-deductible expenses 5,834,186 4,359,378 5,807,179 4,344,749
Tax effect of deductible expenses (5,169,064) (3,832,519) (5,142,943) (3,824,600)
Qualifying payments (256,493) (256,493)
Under/(over) provision of taxes in respect of prior years [Refer Note 44] 10,920 (167,169) 11,041 (169,789)
Withholding tax on dividends paid 7,879 8,285 7,789 8,285
Deferred tax expense [Refer Notes 45.2 & 45.3] 122,187 206,506 120,881 204,063
Income tax expense reported in the Income Statement
at the effective income tax rate
4,617,124 4,117,461 4,556,035 4,065,008

22. Earnings Per Share (EPS)

The earnings per share has been calculated by dividing the profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, as per the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - LKAS 33 on Earnings per Share.

22.1 Basic Earnings per Ordinary Share

GROUP BANK
2014 2013 2014 2013
Amounts used as the numerator:
Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Bank for basic earnings per ordinary share (Rs. ’000) 11,238,892 10,563,378 11,180,181 10,445,511
Number of ordinary shares used as the denominator:
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for basic earnings per share calculation [Refer Note 22.3] 864,152,525 862,938,805 864,152,525 862,938,805
Basic earnings per ordinary share (Rs.) 13.01 12.24 12.94 12.10

22.2 Diluted Earnings per Ordinary Share

GROUP BANK
2014 2013 2014 2013
Amounts used as the numerator:
Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent for diluted earnings per ordinary share (Rs. ’000) 11,238,892 10,563,378 11,180,181 10,445,511
Number of ordinary shares used as the denominator:
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for diluted earnings per ordinary share calculation [Refer Note 22.3] 867,855,677 864,273,527 867,855,677 864,273,527
Diluted earnings per ordinary share (Rs.) 12.95 12.22 12.88 12.09

22.3 Weighted Average Number of Ordinary Shares for Basic and Diluted Earnings per Share

Outstanding No. of Shares Weighted average No. of Shares
2014 2013 2014 2013
Number of shares in issue as at January 01, 849,079,041 833,487,980 849,079,041 833,487,980
Add: Number of shares satisfied in the form of issue and allotment of new shares from final dividend for 2012 14,145,663 14,145,663
Add: Number of shares satisfied in the form of issue and allotment of new shares from final dividend for 2013 13,541,068 13,541,068 13,541,068
862,620,109 847,633,643 862,620,109 861,174,711
Add: Number of shares issued under Employee Share Option Plan (ESOP) 2008 3,237,566 1,445,398 1,532,416 1,764,094
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for basic earnings per ordinary share calculation 865,857,675 849,079,041 864,152,525 862,938,805
Add: Bonus element on number of outstanding options under ESOP 2008 as at the year-end 3,703,152 1,334,722
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for diluted earnings per ordinary share calculation(*) 865,857,675 849,079,041 867,855,677 864,273,527

(*) The market value of the Bank’s shares for the purpose of calculating the dilutive effect of share options has been based on the excess of quoted market price as of December 31, 2014 over the offer price.

23. Dividends

GROUP BANK
2014
Second Interim
Rs. 1.00 Per share for
2013 (Paid on
January 27, 2014)
2013
Second Interim
Rs. 1.00 Per share for
2012 (Paid on
February 18, 2013)
2014
Second Interim
Rs. 1.00 Per share for
2013 (Paid on
January 27, 2014)
2013
Second Interim
Rs. 1.00 Per share for
2012 (Paid on
February 18, 2013)
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
On Ordinary Shares
Net dividend paid to the Ordinary shareholders out of normal profits 768,553 755,339 768,553 755,339
Withholding tax deducted at source 80,595 78,270 80,595 78,270
Gross ordinary dividend paid 849,148 833,609 849,148 833,609

 

First Interim
Rs. 1.50 Per share for
2014 (Paid on
November 21, 2014)
First Interim
Rs. 1.50 Per share for
2013 (Paid on
November 19, 2013)
First Interim
Rs. 1.50 Per share for
2014 (Paid on
November 21, 2014)
First Interim
Rs. 1.50 Per share for
2013 (Paid on
November 19, 2013)
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
On Ordinary Shares
Net dividend paid to the ordinary shareholders out of normal profits 1,174,561 1,152,615 1,174,561 1,152,615
Withholding tax deducted at source 123,593 120,876 123,593 120,876
Gross ordinary dividend paid 1,298,154 1,273,491 1,298,154 1,273,491
Total gross ordinary dividend paid 2,147,302 2,107,100 2,147,302 2,107,100

The Bank declared and paid a second interim dividend of Rs. 1.00 per share on February 5, 2015 to both voting and non-voting ordinary shareholders of the Bank. (The second interim dividend for the year 2013 of Rs. 1.00 per share was paid on January 27, 2014 ).

The Board of Directors of the Bank has recommended the payment of a final dividend of Rs. 4.00 per share which consist of a cash dividend of Rs. 2.00 per share and the balance entitlement of Rs. 2.00 per share will be satisfied in the form of issue and allotment of new shares for both the voting and non-voting ordinary shareholders of the Bank for the year ended December 31, 2014 (Bank declared a final dividend of Rs. 4.00 per share in 2013 and this was satisfied by way of Rs. 2.00 per share in the form of cash and Rs. 2.00 per share in the form of shares). The total dividend recommended by the Board is to be approved at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting to be held on March 31, 2015. In accordance with provisions of the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard No. 10 on ‘Events after the Reporting Period’, the second interim dividend declared and paid on February 5, 2015 and the proposed final dividend has not been recognised as a liability as at the year-end. Final dividend payable for the year 2014 has been estimated at Rs. 3,463.772 Mn. (Actual final dividend for 2013 amounted to Rs. 3,399.834 Mn. due to exercise of options under ESOPs).

Accordingly, the dividend per ordinary share (for both voting and non-voting) for the year 2014 would be Rs. 6.50 (2013 - Rs. 6.50).

24. Classification of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

The tables below provide a reconciliation between the line items in the Statement of Financial Position and categories of financial assets and financial liabilities of the Group and the Bank.

24.1 Classification of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities - Group

24.1 (a) Group

As at December 31, 2014 Held-for-Trading
(HFT)
Held-to-Maturity
(HTM)
Loans and
Receivables
Available-
for-Sale (AFS)
Other Amortised
Cost
Total
Note Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Financial Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 26 20,621,778 20,621,778
Balances with Central Banks 27 19,633,746 19,633,746
Placements with banks 28 14,507,861 14,507,861
Derivative financial assets 29 459,510 459,510
Other financial instruments – Held-for-trading 30 6,326,636 6,326,636
Loans and receivables to banks 31 551,066 551,066
Loans and receivables to other customers 32 498,165,419 498,165,419
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 33 214,225,017 214,225,017
Total financial assets 6,786,146 553,479,870 214,225,017 774,491,033
Financial Liabilities
Due to banks 40 25,669,025 25,669,025
Derivative financial liabilities 41 1,193,139 1,193,139
Due to other customers/Deposits from customers 42 529,266,588 529,266,588
Other borrowings 43 136,027,625 136,027,625
Subordinated liabilities 49 11,262,573 11,262,573
Total financial liabilities 1,193,139 702,225,811 703,418,950

24.1 (b) Group

As at December 31, 2013 Held-for-Trading
(HFT)
Held-to-Maturity
(HTM)
Loans and
Receivables
Available-
for-Sale (AFS)
Other Amortised
Cost
Total
Note Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Financial Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 26 14,263,533 14,263,533
Balances with Central Banks 27 18,431,936 18,431,936
Placements with banks 28 4,131,814 4,131,814
Derivative financial assets 29 837,694 837,694
Other financial instruments – Held-for-trading 30 6,379,058 6,379,058
Loans and receivables to banks 31 546,270 546,270
Loans and receivables to other customers 32 410,935,979 410,935,979
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 33 131,756,525 131,756,525
Total financial assets 7,216,752 448,309,532 131,756,525 587,282,809
Financial Liabilities
Due to banks 40 14,194,219 14,194,219
Derivative financial liabilities 41 1,411,916 1,411,916
Due to other customers/Deposits
from customers
42 451,098,946 451,098,946
Other borrowings 43 53,997,503 53,997,503
Subordinated liabilities 49 10,944,412 10,944,412
Total financial liabilities 1,411,916 530,235,080 531,646,996

24.2 Classification of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities - Bank

24.2 (a) Bank

As at December 31, 2014 Held-for-Trading
(HFT)
Held-to-Maturity
(HTM)
Loans and
Receivables
Available-
for-Sale (AFS)
Other Amortised
Cost
Total
Note Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Financial Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 26 20,591,867 20,591,867
Balances with Central Banks 27 19,633,746 19,633,746
Placements with banks 28 14,507,861 14,507,861
Derivative financial assets 29 459,510 459,510
Other financial instruments – Held-for-trading 30 6,326,636 6,326,636
Loans and receivables to banks 31 551,066 551,066
Loans and receivables to other customers 32 497,065,787 497,065,787
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 33 214,208,370 214,208,370
Total financial assets 6,786,146 552,350,327 214,208,370 773,344,843
Financial Liabilities
Due to banks 40 25,260,976 25,260,976
Derivative financial liabilities 41 1,193,139 1,193,139
Due to other customers/Deposits from customers 42 529,361,484 529,361,484
Other borrowings 43 136,201,082 136,201,082
Subordinated liabilities 49 11,044,775 11,044,775
Total financial liabilities 1,193,139 701,868,317 703,061,456

24.2 (b) Bank

As at December 31, 2013 Held-for-Trading
(HFT)
Held-to-Maturity
(HTM)
Loans and
Receivables
Available-
for-Sale (AFS)
Other Amortised
Cost
Total
Note Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Financial Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 26 14,261,549 14,261,549
Balances with Central Banks 27 18,431,936 18,431,936
Placements with banks 28 4,131,814 4,131,814
Derivative financial assets 29 837,694 837,694
Other financial instruments – Held-for-trading 30 6,379,058 6,379,058
Loans and receivables to banks 31 546,270 546,270
Loans and receivables to other customers 32 410,951,440 410,951,440
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 33 131,756,525 131,756,525
Total financial assets 7,216,752 448,323,009 131,756,525 587,296,286
Financial Liabilities
Due to banks 40 14,194,219 14,194,219
Derivative financial liabilities 41 1,411,916 1,411,916
Due to other customers/Deposits from customers 42 451,152,923 451,152,923
Other borrowings 43 54,173,175 54,173,175
Subordinated liabilities 49 10,944,412 10,944,412
Total financial liabilities 1,411,916 530,464,729 531,876,645

25. Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value and Fair Value Hierarchy

25.1 Fair Value Hierarchy

The following table provides the analyses of assets and liabilities measured at fair value as at the Reporting date, by the level in the fair value hierarchy into which the fair value measurement is categorised. These amounts were based on the values recognised in the Statement of Financial Position.

GROUP BANK
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Note Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
As at December 31, 2014
Non-Financial Assets
Property, Plant & Equipment
   Land and buildings 36.5(b) 7,432,625 7,432,625 7,255,625 7,255,625
Total non-financial assets at fair value 7,432,625 7,432,625 7,255,625 7,255,625
Financial Assets
Derivative financial assets 29
   Currency swaps 222,533 222,533 222,533 222,533
   Forward contracts 233,300 233,300 233,300 233,300
   Spot contracts 3,677 3,677 3,677 3,677
Other financial instruments –
Held-for-trading
30
   Government securities 5,958,904 5,958,904 5,958,904 5,958,904
   Equity shares 367,732 367,732 367,732 367,732
Financial investments –
Available-for-sale
33
   Government Securities 213,381,263 213,381,263 213,364,740 213,364,740
   Equity securities(*) 185,132 613,441 798,573 185,132 613,441 798,573
Total financial assets at
fair value
219,893,031 1,072,951 220,965,982 219,876,508 1,072,951 220,949,459
Total assets at fair value 219,893,031 1,072,951 7,432,625 228,398,607 219,876,508 1,072,951 7,255,625 228,205,084
Financial Liabilities
Derivative financial liabilities 41
   Currency swaps 823,596 823,596 823,596 823,596
   Forward contracts 368,886 368,886 368,886 368,886
   Spot contracts 657 657 657 657
Total liabilities at fair value 1,193,139 1,193,139 1,193,139 1,193,139
As at December 31, 2013
Non-Financial Assets
Property, Plant & Equipment
   Land and buildings 36 5,647,563 5,647,563 5,647,563 5,647,563
Total non-financial assets at fair value 5,647,563 5,647,563 5,647,563 5,647,563
Financial Assets
Derivative financial assets 29
   Currency swaps
   Forward contracts 832,346 832,346 832,346 832,346
   Spot contracts 5,348 5,348 5,348 5,348
Other financial instruments – Held-for-trading 30
   Government Securities 6,044,651 6,044,651 6,044,651 6,044,651
   Equity shares 334,407 334,407 334,407 334,407
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 33
   Government Securities 131,565,941 131,565,941 131,565,941 131,565,941
   Equity securities(*) 145,492 145,492 145,492 145,492
Total financial assets at fair value 138,090,491 837,694 138,928,185 138,090,491 837,694 138,928,185
Total assets at fair value 138,090,491 837,694 5,647,563 144,575,748 138,090,491 837,694 5,647,563 144,575,748
Financial Liabilities
Derivative financial liabilities 41
   Currency swaps
   Forward contracts 1,406,553 1,406,553 1,406,553 1,406,553
   Spot contracts 5,363 5,363 5,363 5,363
Total liabilities at fair value 1,411,916 1,411,916 1,411,916 1,411,916

(*) Value of Unquoted shares of Rs. 45.181 Mn. in Group and Rs. 45.057 Mn. in Bank as at end of the year 2014 (Rs. 45.092 Mn. in Group and Bank as at end 2013) categorised under Financial Investments – Available-for-sale in the Statement of Financial Position has not been considered within the above amount due to non-availability of reliable market values.

25.2 Financial Instruments not Measured at Fair Value - Fair Value Hierarchy

The following table sets out the fair values of financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value and related fair value hierarchy.

GROUP BANK
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Fair
Values
Total Carrying
Amount
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Fair
Values
Total Carrying
Amount
Note Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. '000 Rs. '000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. '000 Rs. '000
As at December 31, 2014
Financial Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 26 20,621,778 20,621,778 20,621,778 20,591,867 20,591,867 20,591,867
Loans and receivables to banks 31 551,066 551,066 551,066 551,066 551,066 551,066
Loans and receivables to other customers 32 500,659,378 500,659,378 498,165,419 499,559,746 499,559,746 497,065,787
Total financial assets not at fair value 21,172,844 500,659,378 521,832,222 519,338,263 21,142,933 499,559,746 520,702,679 518,208,720
Financial Liabilities
Due to banks 40 25,669,025 25,669,025 25,669,025 25,260,976 25,260,976 25,260,976
Due to other customers/Deposits from customers 42 531,209,832 531,209,832 529,266,588 531,304,728 531,304,728 529,361,484
Subordinated liabilities 49 11,347,778 11,347,778 11,262,573 11,129,980 11,129,980 11,044,775
Total financial liabilities not at fair value 25,669,025 542,557,610 568,226,635 566,198,186 25,260,976 542,434,708 567,695,684 565,667,235
As at December 31, 2013
Financial Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 26 14,263,533 14,263,533 14,263,533 14,261,549 14,261,549 14,261,549
Loans and receivables to banks 31 546,270 546,270 546,270 546,270 546,270 546,270
Loans and receivables to other customers 32 411,737,311 411,737,311 410,935,979 411,752,772 411,752,772 410,951,440
Total financial assets not at fair value 14,809,803 411,737,311 426,547,114 425,745,782 14,807,819 411,752,772 426,560,591 425,759,259
Financial Liabilities
Due to banks 40 14,194,219 14,194,219 14,194,219 14,194,219 14,194,219 14,194,219
Due to other customers/Deposits from customers 42 452,436,796 452,436,796 451,098,946 452,490,773 452,490,773 451,152,923
Subordinated liabilities 49 11,013,207 11,013,207 10,944,412 11,013,207 11,013,207 10,944,412
Total financial liabilities not at fair value 14,194,219 463,449,603 477,643,822 476,237,577 14,194,219 463,503,980 447,698,199 476,291,554

Fair Valuation Methodology and Significant Unobservable Valuation Inputs

The fair value of fixed rate financial assets and liabilities carried at amortised cost (eg. fixed rate loans and receivables due to other customers, subordinated liabilities) are estimated based on the Discounted Cash Flow approach. This approach employs the current market interest rates of similar financial instruments as a significant unobservable input in measuring the fair value and hence it is categorised under Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

Sensitivity of Fair Value Measurement to Unobservable Inputs

A significant increase/(decrease) in the market interest rate would result in lower/(higher) fair value being disclosed.

Assets for which Fair Value Approximates Carrying Value

For financial assets and liabilities with short term maturities or with short term re-pricing intervals, it is assumed that the carrying amounts approximate to their fair value. This assumption is also applied to demand deposits and savings deposits which do not have a specific maturity.

25.3

Note 36.5 (b) provides information on significant unobservable inputs used as at December 31, 2014 used in measuring fair value of Land and buildings categorised as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

25.4

Reconciliation of Revaluation Reserve pertaining to Land and Buildings categorised as Level 3 in fair value hierarchy is found in the Statement of Changes in Equity.

25.5

Table below provides information about the valuation techniques and inputs used in measuring the fair values of assets and liabilities in the Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as given in Note 25.1 above.

Type of Financial Instruments Fair Value as at
December 31, 2014
(Rs. ’000)
Valuation Technique Significant Valuation inputs
Derivative Financial Assets 459,510 Adjusted forward rate approach

This approach considers the present value of calculated forward exchange rate as of the reporting date using the spot exchange rate that prevailed and the forward premium/discount calculated using extrapolated interest rates of the currency pairs of the derivatives. In computing the present value, interest rate differentials between two currencies under consideration is used as the discount rate.

  • Spot exchange rate
  • Interest rate differentials between currencies under consideration
Derivative Financial Liabilities 1,193,139

26. Cash and Cash Equivalents

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Cash in hand
  Coins and notes held in local currency 12,232,921 9,643,069 12,222,065 9,641,519
  Coins and notes held in foreign currency 1,440,699 1,866,981 1,426,445 1,866,547
Balances with banks 5,948,158 2,635,082 5,943,357 2,635,082
  Local banks 4.801
  Foreign banks 5,943,357 2,635,082 5,943,357 2,635,082
Money at call and at short notice 1,000,000 118,401 1,000,000 118,401
Total 20,621,778 14,263,533 20,591,867 14,261,549

The maturity analysis of Cash and Cash Equivalents is given in Note 58.

27. Balances with Central Banks

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Statutory balances with Central Banks
  Central Bank of Sri Lanka 17,433,858 15,449,704 17,433,858 15,449,704
  Bangladesh Bank 2,199,888 2,982,232 2,199,888 2,982,232
Non-statutory balances with Central Banks
  Central Bank of Sri Lanka
  Bangladesh Bank
Total 19,633,746 18,431,936 19,633,746 18,431,936

As required by the provisions of Section 93 of the Monetary Law Act, a cash balance is maintained with the Central Bank of Sri Lanka. As at December 31, 2014, the minimum cash reserve requirement was 6.00% of the rupee deposit liabilities (6.00% in 2013). There is no reserve requirement for foreign currency deposit liabilities of the Domestic Banking Unit and the deposit liabilities of the Off-shore Banking Centre (OBC) in Sri Lanka.

As per the Bangladesh Bank regulations, the Statutory Liquidity Requirement as at December 31, 2014 was 19.50% (19.00% in 2013) on time and demand liabilities (both local and foreign currencies), which includes a 6.50% (6.00% in 2013) cash reserve requirement and the balance 13.00% (13.00% in 2013) is permitted to be maintained in foreign currency and/or also in unencumbered securities held with the Bangladesh Bank.

The maturity analysis of Balances with Central Banks is given in Note 58.

28. Placements with Banks

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Placements - within Sri Lanka 6,783,931 6,783,931
Placements - outside Sri Lanka 7,723,930 4,131,814 7,723,930 4,131,814
Total 14,507,861 4,131,814 14,507,861 4,131,814

The maturity analysis of Placements with Banks is given in Note 58.

29. Derivative Financial Assets

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Foreign currency derivatives
  Currency swaps 222,533 222,533
  Forward contracts 233,300 832,346 233,300 832,346
  Spot contracts 3,677 5,348 3,677 5,348
Total 459,510 837,694 459,510 837,694

The maturity analysis of Derivative Financial Assets is given in Note 58.

30. Other Financial Instruments Held-for-Trading

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Government securities [Refer Note 30.1] 5,958,904 6,044,651 5,958,904 6,044,651
Equity securities [Refer Note 30.2] 367,732 334,407 367,732 334,407
Total 6,326,636 6,379,058 6,326,636 6,379,058

30.1 Government Securities

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Treasury bills 4,224,163 4,788,578 4,224,163 4,788,578
Treasury bonds 1,734,741 1,256,073 1,734,741 1,256,073
Total Government Securities 5,958,904 6,044,651 5,958,904 6,044,651

The maturity analysis of Other Financial Instruments Held-for-trading is given in Note 58.

30.2 Equity Securities - Group and Bank

As at December 31, 2014 As at December 31, 2013
Sector/Name of the Company No. of
Shares
Market
Price
Market
Value
Cost of the
Investment
No. of
Shares
Market
Price
Market
Value
Cost of the
Investment
Rs. Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Bank, Finance and Insurance
Central Finance Company PLC 94,930 250.00 23,733 18,937
Citizen Development Bank PLC 101,965 74.00 7,545 3,398 123,950 35.60 4,413 4,130
Hatton National Bank PLC 82 194.90 16 12 82 147.00 12 12
Lanka Venture PLC 100,000 46.90 4,690 3,033 100,000 41.00 4,100 3,033
Nations Trust Bank PLC 262,314 62.20 16,316 16,238
Sampath Bank PLC 25,000 236.30 5,908 4,298 25,000 171.90 4,298 4,298
Sub total 41,892 29,678 29,139 27,711
Beverage, Foods and Tobacco
COCO Lanka PLC 402,000 26.70 10,733 7,062 402,000 16.50 6,633 7,062
COCO Lanka PLC (Non-voting) 1,000 23.90 24 15 1,000 13.10 13 15
Distilleries Company of Sri Lanka PLC 181,490 210.00 38,113 28,968 281,490 193.00 54,328 44,929
Lanka Milk Foods (CWE) PLC 250,000 120.40 30,100 27,866 250,000 105.30 26,325 27,866
Sub total 78,970 63,911 87,299 79,872
Chemical and Pharmaceutical
Chemical Industries Colombo PLC 161,400 66.40 10,717 11,692 161,400 34.50 5,568 11,692
Haycarb PLC 107,100 173.00 18,528 15,914 107,100 189.80 20,328 15,914
Sub total 29,245 27,606 25,896 27,606
Construction and Engineering
Colombo Dockyard PLC 75,000 193.00 14,475 16,685 75,000 189.60 14,220 16,685
Sub total 14,475 16,685 14,220 16,685
Diversified Holdings
Hemas Holdings PLC 60 74.30 4 2 635,750 34.00 21,616 23,242
Sub total 4 2 21,616 23,242
Health Care
Ceylon Hospitals PLC 121,900 117.40 14,311 12,868 156,900 110.00 17,259 16,665
Ceylon Hospitals PLC (Non-voting) 61,100 80.00 4,888 4,423 61,100 75.00 4,583 4,423
Sub total 19,199 17,291 21,842 21,088
Hotels and Travels
John Keells Hotels PLC 267,608 17.00 4,549 3,473 137,608 12.50 1,720 1,638
Taj Lanka Hotels PLC 212,390 34.40 7,306 6,625
Sub total 11,855 10,098 1,720 1,638
Investment Trust
Renuka Holdings PLC 117,158 31.50 3,690 3,180 50,000 30.60 1,530 1,770
Renuka Holdings PLC (Non-voting) 265,368 23.50 6,236 4,958 100,000 20.70 2,070 2,477
Sub total 9,926 8,138 3,600 4,247
Land and Property
Overseas Reality Ceylon PLC 174,000 26.30 4,576 2,512 174,000 18.30 3,184 2,512
Property Developments Ltd. 83,235 66.00 5,494 4,693
Sub total 4,576 2,512 8,678 7,205
Manufacturing
ACL Cables PLC 171,516 76.40 13,104 14,096 171,516 64.90 11,131 14,096
Dipped Products PLC 200,000 143.00 28,600 24,239 200,000 90.00 18,000 24,239
Lanka Walltile PLC 60 97.30 6 5 60 53.90 3 5
Pelwatte Sugar Industries PLC 12,300 0.10 1 351 12,300 0.10 1 351
Royal Ceramics Lanka PLC 264,896 116.90 30,966 30,676 264,896 84.60 22,410 30,676
Tokyo Cement Company (Lanka) PLC
(Non-voting)
140,055 46.90 6,569 3,407 588,555 23.40 13,772 15,502
Sub total 79,246 72,774 65,317 84,869
Plantations
Kotagala Plantations PLC 201,750 31.60 6,375 9,172 201,750 37.00 7,465 9,172
Sub total 6,375 9,172 7,465 9,172
Power and Energy
Hemas Power PLC 600,000 18.10 10,860 11,591 336,657 17.60 5,925 6,748
Lanka IOC PLC 685,984 60.00 41,159 15,013 685,984 33.10 22,706 15,013
Sub total 52,019 26,604 28,631 21,761
Telecommunication
Dialog Axiata PLC 1,500,000 13.30 19,950 9,956 2,109,322 9.00 18,984 15,193
Sub total 19,950 9,956 18,984 15,193
Total 367,732 294,427 334,407 340,289
Mark to market gains/(losses) 73,305 (5,882)
Market value of equity securities 367,732 334,407

30.3 Industry/Sector Composition of the Equity Securities - Group and Bank

As at December 31, 2014 As at December 31, 2013
Sector/Industry Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 % Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 %
Bank, Finance and Insurance 41,892 29,678 11.39 29,139 27,711 8.71
Beverage, Foods and Tobacco 78,970 63,911 21.47 87,299 79,872 26.11
Chemical and Pharmaceutical 29,245 27,606 7.95 25,896 27,606 7.74
Construction and Engineering 14,475 16,685 3.94 14,220 16,685 4.25
Diversified Holdings 4 2 0.0 21,616 23,242 6.46
Health Care 19,199 17,291 5.22 21,842 21,088 6.53
Hotels and Travels 11,855 10,098 3.22 1,720 1,638 0.51
Investment Trust 9,926 8,138 2.71 3,600 4,247 1.08
Land and Property 4,576 2,512 1.24 8,678 7,205 2.61
Manufacturing 79,246 72,774 21.55 65,317 84,869 19.53
Plantations 6,375 9,172 1.73 7,465 9,172 2.23
Power and Energy 52,019 26,604 14.15 28,631 21,761 8.56
Telecommunication 19,950 9,956 5.43 18,984 15,193 5.68
Sub total 367,732 294,427 100 .00 334,407 340,289 100.00
Mark to market gains/(losses) 73,305 (5,882)
Market value of equity securities 367,732 367,732 100 .00 334,407 334,407 100.00

31. Loans and Receivables to Banks

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Gross loans and receivables 551,066 546,270 551,066 546,270
Less: Provision for impairment
Net loans and receivables 551,066 546,270 551,066 546,270

The maturity analysis of Loans and Receivables to Banks is given in Note 58.

The Bank did not make any payments to counter party banks for the oil hedging transactions with effect from June 02, 2009 in response to a Directive received from the Exchange Controller of the Central Bank of Sri Lanka. Consequently, one of the counter party banks appropriated USD 4.170 Mn. (Rs. 551.066 Mn.) which has been kept as a deposit with them. This action has been contested by the Bank. In view of the stance taken by the Bank in this regard, both the deposit (made by the Bank) and the amount due to the said counter party bank, have been recorded in the Statement of Financial Position.

31.1(a) By Currency

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
United States Dollar 551,066 546,270 551,066 546,270
Sub total 551,066 546,270 551,066 546,270

 

32. Loans and Receivables to Other Customers

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Gross loans and receivables 515,335,442 426,723,148 514,022,361 426,738,608
Loans and advances [Refer Note 32.1(a)] 464,899,378 379,237,437 463,586,297 379,252,897
Investments in Government Securities [Refer Note 32.1(a)] 40,850,011 43,108,697 40,850,011 43,108,697
Other investments [Refer Note 32.1(a)] 9,586,053 4,377,014 9,586,053 4,377,014
Less: Provision for individual impairment [Refer Note 32.2] 4,334,587 4,204,654 4,334,587 4,204,654
Provision for collective impairment [Refer Note 32.2] 12,835,436 11,582,515 12,621,987 11,582,514
Net loans and receivables 498,165,419 410,935,979 497,065,787 410,951,440

The maturity analysis of Loans and Receivables to Other Customers is given in Note 58.

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

32.1 Analysis

32.1 (a) By product

Loans and receivables
Overdrafts 70,149,877 72,420,675 70,149,877 72,420,675
Trade finance 41,964,999 47,957,137 41,964,999 47,957,137
Lease/hire purchase receivable [Refer Note 32.3] 24,814,178 21,778,745 23,068,581 21,795,710
Credit cards 4,221,367 3,999,619 4,221,367 3,999,619
Pawning 2,315,884 6,995,603 2,315,884 6,995,603
Staff loans 5,023,379 3,885,911 5,022,923 3,885,911
Housing loans 31,402,858 27,729,953 31,402,858 27,729,953
Personal loans 21,943,589 16,517,343 21,943,016 16,517,343
Term loans
Short-term 31,387,867 30,636,267 31,974,667 30,636,267
Long-term 178,538,532 129,805,616 178,385,277 129,804,111
Loans granted from Investment Fund Account (IFA) [Refer Note 32.4 (a)] 4,554,420 3,520,411 4,554,420 3,520,411
Bills of exchange 7,384,162 5,043,658 7,384,162 5,043,658
Securities purchased under resale agreements 41,198,266 8,946,499 41,198,266 8,946,499
Sub total [Refer Note 32.1 (c)] 464,899,378 379,237,437 463,586,297 379,252,897
Investments in Government Securities
Treasury bonds 605,859 605,859 605,859 605,859
Sri Lanka Development bonds 40,244,152 42,502,838 40,244,152 42,502,838
Sub total 40,850,011 43,108,697 40,850,011 43,108,697
Other investments
Debentures [Refer Note 32.5 (a)] 8,458,544 3,273,401 8,458,544 3,273,401
Trust certificates [Refer Note 32.5 (b)] 1,126,469 1,029,072 1,126,469 1,029,072
Corporate bonds in Bangladesh [Refer Note 32.5 (c)] 1,040 74,541 1,040 74,541
Sub total 9,586,053 4,377,014 9,586,053 4,377,014

 

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

32.1 (b) By Currency

Sri Lanka Rupee 391,550,260 314,608,021 390,237,179 314,623,481
United States Dollar 86,212,972 78,911,348 86,212,972 78,911,348
Great Britain Pound 651,205 871,965 651,205 871,965
Euro 106,299 1,466,964 106,299 1,466,964
Australian Dollar 980,361 46,234 980,361 46,234
Japanese Yen 613 613
Singapore Dollar 5,127 5,127
Bangladesh Taka 35,830,724 30,852,627 35,830,724 30,852,627
Others 3,621 3,621
Total 515,335,442 426,762,899 514,022,361 426,778,359

 

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

32.1 (c) By Industry (*)

Agriculture and fishing 45,451,951 38,013,743 45,306,783 38,013,743
Manufacturing 54,799,178 49,650,801 54,799,178 49,650,801
Tourism 18,306,599 14,242,671 18,273,643 14,242,671
Transport 13,294,127 10,157,863 13,241,354 10,174,829
Construction 42,546,071 35,601,502 42,525,815 35,601,502
Trading 62,280,308 52,367,237 62,017,576 52,367,237
New economy 6,533,193 6,440,151 6,533,193 6,440,151
Financial and business services 28,627,011 16,415,452 29,205,088 16,415,452
Infrastructure 15,729,998 12,814,953 15,729,998 12,814,953
Other services 40,676,423 30,420,543 40,424,390 30,420,543
Government 41,198,266 8,946,499 41,198,266 8,946,499
Other customers 95,456,253 104,166,022 94,331,013 104,164,516
Sub total [Refer Note 32.1 (a)] 464,899,378 379,237,437 463,586,297 379,252,897

(*) Industry-wise breakdown is provided only for loans and receivables.

32.2 Movement in Provision for Individual and Collective Impairment during the Year

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Movement in Provision for Individual Impairment
Balance as at January 01, 4,204,654 3,402,168 4,204,654 3,402,168
Charge/(write back) to the Income Statement [Refer Note 17] 390,003 1,070,253 390,003 1,070,253
Net write-off/(recoveries) during the year (403,411) (369,740) (403,411) (369,740)
Exchange rate variance on foreign currency provisions 6,765 18,792 6,765 18,792
Interest accrued/(reversals) on impaired loans and advances (278,878) (304,712) (278,878) (304,712)
Other movements 415,454 387,893 415,454 387,893
Balance as at December 31, 4,334,587 4,204,654 4,334,587 4,204,654
Movement in Provision for Collective Impairment
Balance as at January 01, 11,582,515 10,099,059 11,582,514 10,099,059
Balance assumed on business combination 194,805
Charge/(write back) to the Income Statement [Refer Note 17] 4,480,932 4,007,742 4,462,289 4,007,742
Net write-off/(recoveries) during the year (3,422,651) (2,527,827) (3,422,651) (2,527,828)
Exchange rate variance on foreign currency provisions (165) 3,541 (165) 3,541
Other movements
Balance as at December 31, 12,835,436 11,582,515 12,621,987 11,582,514
Total of individual and collective impairment 17,170,023 15,787,168 16,956,574 15,787,168

 

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

32.3 Lease/Hire Purchase Receivable


Gross Lease/Hire Purchase Receivable
24,814,178 21,778,745 23,068,581 21,795,710
Within one year [Refer Note 32.3 (a)] 10,129,318 8,807,377 9,303,525 8,822,061
From one to five years [Refer Note 32.3 (b)] 14,676,651 12,966,406 13,756,847 12,968,687
Over five years [Refer Note 32.3 (c)] 8,209 4,962 8,209 4,962
Less: Provision for Individual impairment [Refer Note 32.3 (d)] 60,961 54,317 60,961 54,317
Provision for Collective impairment [Refer Note 32.3 (e)] 1,064,533 789,654 856,170 789,653
Net lease/Hire purchase receivable 23,688,684 20,934,774 22,151,450 20,951,740

 

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

32.3 (a) Lease/Hire Purchase Receivable within One Year

Total Lease/Hire purchase receivable within one year 13,168,565 11,670,475 12,084,654 11,686,628
Less: Unearned lease/Hire purchase income 3,039,247 2,863,098 2,781,129 2,864,567
Gross Lease/Hire purchase receivable within one year 10,129,318 8,807,377 9,303,525 8,822,061
Less: Provision for individual impairment 49,695 45,564 49,695 45,564
         Provision for collective impairment 707,769 542,527 627,694 542,526
Sub total 9,371,854 8,219,286 8,626,136 8,233,971

 

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

32.3 (b) Lease/Hire Purchase Receivable from One to Five Years

Total Lease/Hire purchase receivable from one to five years 17,062,402 15,328,773 15,871,840 15,331,054
Less: Unearned lease/Hire purchase income 2,385,751 2,362,367 2,114,993 2,362,367
Gross Lease/Hire purchase receivable from one to five years 14,676,651 12,966,406 13,756,847 12,968,687
Less: Provision for individual impairment 11,266 8,753 11,266 8,753
         Provision for collective impairment 356,596 247,112 228,308 247,112
Sub total 14,308,789 12,710,541 13,517,273 12,712,822

 

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

32.3 (c) Lease/Hire Purchase Receivable after Five Years

Total Lease/Hire purchase receivable after five years 8,666 5,667 8,666 5,667
Less: Unearned lease/Hire purchase income 457 705 457 705
Gross Lease/Hire purchase receivable after five years 8,209 4,962 8,209 4,962
Less: Provision for individual impairment
          Provision for collective impairment 168 15 168 15
Sub total 8,041 4,947 8,041 4,947

 

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

32.3 (d) Movement in Provision for Individual Impairment on Lease/Hire Purchase Receivable

Balance as at January 01, 54,317 50,100 54,317 50,100
Charge/(write back) to the income statement 13,004 15,773 13,004 15,773
Net write-off/(recoveries) during the year (6,211) (12,163) (6,211) (12,163)
Exchange rate variance on foreign currency provisions
Interest accrued on impaired loans and advances (3,268) (2,891) (3,268) (2,891)
Other movements 3,119 3,498 3,119 3,498
Balance as at December 31, 60,961 54,317 60,961 54,317

 

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

32.3 (e) Movement in Provision for Collective Impairment on Lease/Hire Purchase Receivable

Balance as at January 01, 789,654 589,113 789,653 589,113
Balance assumed on business combination 191,037
Charge/(write back) to the income statement 783,494 324,052 766,169 324,052
Net write-off/(recoveries) during the year (699,652) (123,511) (699,652) (123,512)
Exchange rate variance on foreign currency provisions
Other movements
Balance as at December 31, 1,064,533 789,654 856,170 789,653

32.4 Loans Granted from Investment Fund Account (IFA)

As per the guidelines issued by the Central Bank of Sri Lanka, Investment Fund Account was established effective from January 1, 2011 by transferring tax savings as explained below:

(a) 5 % of the Profits Before Tax (PBT) calculated for Income Tax (IT) purposes, on the dates of making Self-Assessment payments on IT.

(b) 8% of the profits calculated for the payment of Value Added Tax (VAT) on financial services at the time of making payments on VAT.

As at December 31, 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance in IFA(*) 5,126,108 4,838,694
Capital outstanding of loans granted from IFA - [ Refer Note 32.4 (a)] (4,377,318) (3,396,973)
Amount Invested in Government Securities 748,790 1,441,721

(* ) The requirement to maintain the Investment Fund Account ceased with effect from October 1, 2014 as per the instructions issued by the Central Bank of Sri Lanka.

32.4. (a) Capital Outstanding of Loans Granted from Investment Fund Account

As at December 31, 2014 2013
Sector Interest
Rates
Tenure Amount
Outstanding
(A)
Pending Disbursement
(B)
Total
(A) + (B)
Amount
Outstanding
(A)
Pending
Disbursement
(B)
Total
(A) + (B)
(%) (Years) Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
(a) Cultivation of Plantation crops/Agriculture crops 6.85 - 11.04 5 58,067 35,115 93,182 65,340 55,115 120,455
(b) Factory/Mills modernisation/Establishment/Expansion 6.85 - 12.54 5 445,247 51,800 497,047 485,588 49,300 534,888
(c) Infrastructure Development 8.87 - 13.57 14.5 3,861,496 402,017 4,263,614 2,767,945 1,559,669 4,327,614
(d) Construction of Hotels and for related purposes 7.35 - 12.79 7 12,508 12,508 78,100 142,583 220,683
Capital Outstanding of the Loans granted 4,377,318 488,932 4,866,351 3,396,973 1,806,667 5,203,640
(e) Interest receivable 177,102 177,102 123,438 123,438
Carrying amount of the
Loans granted
4,554,420 488,932 5,043,453 3,520,411 1,806,667 5,327,078

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Amortised
Cost
Market Value Amortised
Cost
Market Value Amortised
Cost
Market Value Amortised
Cost
Market Value
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

32.5 (a) Debentures

Urban Development Authority (11% - 2015) 447,296 447,296 447,296 447,296 447,296 447,296 447,296 447,296
People’s Leasing & Finance PLC 738,654 738,654 541,589 541,589 738,654 738,654 541,589 541,589
Senkadagala Finance PLC 41,869 41,869 41,869 41,869 41,869 41,869 41,869 41,869
Singer (Sri Lanka) PLC 181,005 181,005 181,005 181,005 181,005 181,005 181,005 181,005
Central Finance PLC 277,872 277,872 273,078 273,078 277,872 277,872 273,078 273,078
Lion Brewery (Ceylon) PLC 815,073 815,073 1,031,658 1,031,658 815,073 815,073 1,031,658 1,031,658
Hayleys PLC 91,575 91,575 91,575 91,575 91,575 91,575 91,575 91,575
Singer Finance (Lanka) PLC 355,756 355,756 355,756 355,756 355,756 355,756 355,756 355,756
Nawaloka Hospitals PLC 237,167 237,167 237,256 237,256 237,167 237,167 237,256 237,256
Hemas Holdings PLC 54,048 54,048 72,319 72,319 54,048 54,048 72,319 72,319
Abans PLC 77,156 77,156 77,156 77,156
DFCC Bank 1,857,008 1,857,008 1,857,008 1,857,008
Richard Pieris & Company PLC 695,136 695,136 695,136 695,136
Softlogic Finance PLC 330,465 330,465 330,465 330,465
Lanka ORIX Leasing Company PLC 2,018,740 2,018,740 2,018,740 2,018,740
Mercantile Investments & Finance PLC 42,551 42,551 42,551 42,551
Orient Finance PLC 197,173 197,173 197,173 197,173
Sub total 8,458,544 8,458,544 3,273,401 3,273,401 8,458,544 8,458,544 3,273,401 3,273,401

The above debentures are stated at amortised cost and classified under loans and receivables due to the absence of an active market.

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Amortised
Cost
Market Value Amortised
Cost
Market Value Amortised
Cost
Market Value Amortised
Cost
Market Value
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

32.5 (b) Trust Certificates

People’s Leasing Company PLC 644,356 644,356 629,717 629,717 644,356 644,356 629,717 629,717
LB Finance PLC 297,415 297,415 297,415 297,415
Softlogic Finance PLC 101,940 101,940 101,940 101,940
Assetline Leasing Company Ltd. 374,091 374,091 374,091 374,091
Richard Pieris Arpico Finance Ltd. 108,022 108,022 108,022 108,022
Sub total 1,126,469 1,126,469 1,029,072 1,029,072 1,126,469 1,126,469 1,029,072 1,029,072

 

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Amortised
Cost
Market Value Amortised
Cost
Market Value Amortised
Cost
Market Value Amortised
Cost
Market Value
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

32.5 (c) Corporate Bonds in Bangladesh

Prize Bonds 1,040 1,040 1,040 1,040 1,040 1,040 1,040 1,040
Corporate Bonds 73,501 73,501 73,501 73,501
Sub total 1,040 1,040 74,541 74,541 1,040 1,040 74,541 74,541

32.6 Summary of Individually Impaired Loans and Receivables - Bank

As at December 31, 2014 2013
Individually
Impaired Loans
and Receivables
Individual
Impairment
Individually
Impaired Loans
and Receivables
Individual
Impairment
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Loans and Advances
Overdrafts 1,005,810 836,674 1,011,562 755,677
Trade finance 531,495 393,998 495,877 355,102
Lease/hire purchase receivable 107,219 60,961 135,148 54,317
Credit cards
Pawning 6,360 133
Staff loans
Housing loans 24,041 5,632 23,456 4,182
Personal loans 2,368 1,697 2,148 1,476
Term loans 4,871,389 3,035,493 5,134,833 3,033,900
Bills of exchange
Securities purchased under resale agreements
Total impaired loans and advances 6,548,682 4,334,588 6,803,024 4,204,654
Other Receivables
Government securities
Investments
Total impaired other receivables
Total impaired loans and receivables 6,548,682 4,334,588 6,803,024 4,204,654

33. Financial Investments – Available-for-Sale

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Government securities 213,381,263 131,565,941 213,364,740 131,565,941
   Government securities - Sri Lanka [Refer Note 33.1 (a)] 205,176,556 123,597,457 205,160,033 123,597,457
   Government securities - Bangladesh [Refer Note 33.1 (b)] 8,204,707 7,968,484 8,204,707 7,968,484
Equity securities [Refer Notes 33.2 and 33.3] 230,313 190,584 230,189 190,584
   Quoted shares - (At mark to market value) [Refer Notes 33.2 (a) & 33.3 (a)] 185,132 145,492 185,132 145,492
   Unquoted shares - (At cost) [Refer Notes 33.2 (b) & 33.3 (b)] 45,181 45,092 45,057 45,092
Investment in Unit Trust [Refer Note 33.4] 613,441 613,441
Total 214,225,017 131,756,525 214,208,370 131,756,525

There were no impairment losses on Financial investments – Available-for-Sale as at December 31, 2014 (2013 - Nil).

The maturity analysis of Financial investments – Available-for-Sale is given in Note 58.

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

33.1 Government Securities

33.1 (a) Government Securities – Sri Lanka

Treasury bills 48,112,556 81,782,640 48,096,033 81,782,640
Treasury bonds 150,113,050 39,902,375 150,113,050 39,902,375
Sri Lanka sovereign bonds 6,950,950 1,912,442 6,950,950 1,912,442
Sub total 205,176,556 123,597,457 205,160,033 123,597,457

33.1 (b) Government Securities – Bangladesh

Treasury bills 736,146 736,146
Treasury bonds 7,468,561 7,968,484 7,468,561 7,968,484
Sub total 8,204,707 7,968,484 8,204,707 7,968,484

33.2 (a) Equity Securities – As at December 31, 2014

GROUP BANK
No. of
Shares
Market
Price
Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
No. of
Shares
Market
Price
Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
Rs. Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

Sector/Type of Securities

Quoted Shares:
Bank, Finance and Insurance
DFCC Bank PLC 3,496 219.00 766 155 3,496 219.00 766 155
Hatton National Bank PLC 11,760 194.90 2,292 315 11,760 194.90 2,292 315
Nations Trust Bank PLC 1,333 97.00 129 22 1,333 97.00 129 22
National Development Bank PLC 5,424 250.00 1,356 215 5,424 250.00 1,356 215
Sampath Bank PLC 3,714 236.30 878 72 3,714 236.30 878 72
Seylan Bank PLC 1,015 95.00 96 24 1,015 95.00 96 24
VISA Inc. 4,856 US$.262.20 168,259 4,856 US$.262.20 168,259
Sub total 173,776 803 173,776 803
Manufacturing
Alumex PLC 714,200 15.90 11,356 9,999 714,200 15.90 11,356 9,999
Sub total 11,356 9,999 11,356 9,999
Total 185,132 10,802 185,132 10,802

33.2 (b) Equity Securities - As at December 31, 2014

GROUP BANK
No. of
Shares
Market
Price
Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
No. of
Shares
Market
Price
Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
Rs. Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

Sector/Type of Securities

Unquoted Shares:
Bank, Finance and Insurance
Central Depository of Bangladesh Ltd. 3,427,083 BDT 2.75 15,863 15,863 3,427,083 BDT 2.75 15,863 15,863
Credit Information Bureau of Sri Lanka 5,637 100.00 564 564 4,400 100.00 440 440
Fitch Ratings Lanka Ltd. 62,500 10.00 625 625 62,500 10.00 625 625
Lanka Clear (Pvt) Ltd. 1,000,000 10.00 10,000 10,000 1,000,000 10.00 10,000 10,000
Lanka Financial Service Bureau Ltd. 225,000 10.00 2,250 2,250 225,000 10.00 2,250 2,250
RAM Ratings ( Lanka ) Ltd. 689,590 12.50 8,620 8,620 689,590 12.50 8,620 8,620
Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (SWIFT) 47 154,446.00 7,259 7,259 47 154,446.00 7,259 7,259
Total 45,181 45,181 45,057 45,057

33.2 (c) Sector/Industry Composition of the Equity Securities – As at December 31, 2014

GROUP Bank
Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

Sector/Industry

Bank, Finance and Insurance 218,957 45,984 218,833 45,860
Manufacturing 11,356 9,999 11,356 9,999
Total 230,313 55,983 230,189 55,859

33.3 (a) Equity Securities – As at December 31, 2013

GROUP BANK
No. of
Shares
Market
Price
Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
No. of
Shares
Market
Price
Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
Rs. Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

Sector/Type of Securities

Quoted Shares
Bank, Finance and Insurance
DFCC Bank PLC 3,496 129.00 451 155 3,496 129.00 451 155
Hatton National Bank PLC 11,760 147.00 1,729 315 11,760 147.00 1,729 315
Nations Trust Bank PLC 1,333 62.20 83 22 1,333 62.20 83 22
National Development Bank PLC 5,424 160.50 871 215 5,424 160.50 871 215
Sampath Bank PLC 3,714 171.90 638 72 3,714 171.90 638 72
Seylan Bank PLC 1,015 64.20 65 24 1,015 64.20 65 24
VISA Inc. 4,856 US$. 222.68 141,655 4,856 US$. 222.68 141,655
Total 145,492 803 145,492 803

33.3 (b) Equity Securities – As at December 31, 2013

Sector/Type of Securities

Unquoted Shares:
Bank, Finance and Insurance
Central Depository of Bangladesh Ltd. 3,427,083 Taka 2.75 15,898 15,898 3,427,083 Taka 2.75 15,898 15,898
Credit Information Bureau of Sri Lanka 4,400 100.00 440 440 4,400 100.00 440 440
Fitch Ratings Lanka Ltd. 62,500 10.00 625 625 62,500 10.00 625 625
Lanka Clear (Pvt) Ltd. 1,000,000 10.00 10,000 10,000 1,000,000 10.00 10,000 10,000
Lanka Financial Service Bureau Ltd. 225,000 10.00 2,250 2,250 225,000 10.00 2,250 2,250
RAM Ratings (Lanka) Ltd. 689,590 12.50 8,620 8,620 689,590 12.50 8,620 8,620
Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (SWIFT) 47 154,446.00 7,259 7,259 47 154,446.00 7,259 7,259
Total 45,092 45,092 45,092 45,092

33.3 (c) Sector/Industry Composition of the Equity Securities – As at December 31, 2013

GROUP BANK
Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

Sector/Industry

Bank Finance and Insurance 190,584 45,895 190,584 45,895
Total 190,584 45,895 190,584 45,895

33.4 Investment in Unit Trust – As at December 31, 2014

GROUP BANK
Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
Market
Value
Cost of
Investment
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

Sector/Industry

Bank, Finance and Insurance
Capital Alliance Investment Ltd. 613,441 613,441 613,441 613,441
Total 613,441 613,441 613,441 613,441

(2013 - Nil)


34. Investments in Subsidiaries

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Holding Cost Market Value/
Directors’
Valuation
Cost Market Value/
Directors’
Valuation
Cost Market Value/
Directors’
Valuation
Cost Market Value/
Directors’
Valuation
% Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Local Subsidiaries:
Quoted:
Commercial Development Company PLC 94.55 274,393 1,145,916 274,393 752,220
(11,345,705 Ordinary Shares) (@ Rs. 101.00) (@ Rs. 66.30)
(11,345,705 Ordinary Shares as at December 31, 2013)
Unquoted:
ONEzero Company Ltd. 100 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000
(500,001 Ordinary Shares) (@ Rs. 10.00) (@ Rs. 10.00)
(500,001 Ordinary Shares
as at December 31, 2013)
Indra Finance Ltd. 100 916,046 916,046
(21,600,000 Ordinary Shares)
(2013 - Nil)
Foreign Subsidiary:
Unquoted:
Commex - Sri Lanka S.R.L. (Incorporated in Italy) (*) 100 129,928 15,561 95,133 9,553
Gross Total 1,325,367 2,082,523 374,526 766,773
Less: Provision for impairment [Refer Note 34.1] (114,367) (85,580)
Net Total 1,211,000 2,082,523 288,946 766,773

(*) The Bank is yet to commence intended commercial operations in Italy and as such, made provisions for the expenses incurred on account of Italy operations before finalising the Bank‘s Financial Statements. All arrangements have been made to submit the new application to ‘Bank of Italy’ to obtain Money Transfer License and it is expected to commence commercial operations during 2015.

As set out above, the Bank does not have any subsidiaries with material non-controlling interest. Accordingly, no additional disclosures have been made as required by the SLFRS 12 on ‘Disclosure of Interest in Other Entities’.

34.1 Movement in Provision for Impairment o/a Subsidiaries during the Year

GROUP BANK
2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 85,580 71,396
Charge/(Write back) to the Income Statement [Refer Note 17] 28,787 14,184
Balance as at December 31, 114,367 85,580

34.2 Acquisition of Subsidiary

As per the Financial Sector Consolidation Road Map of the Central Bank of Sri Lanka, on September 01, 2014, the Bank acquired 100% ownership of Indra Finance Ltd., a Licensed Finance Company registered with the Central Bank of Sri Lanka for a total purchase consideration of Rs. 916.046 Mn. The Bank obtained all relevant regulatory approvals prior to acquisition of this Company.

34.2.1 Consideration Transferred

Total purchase consideration stated above was satisfied in the form of cash.

34.2.2 Identifiable Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed

The recognised amounts of assets acquired and liabilities assumed of Indra Finance Ltd. as at the date of acquisition were as follows:

Fair Value
Recognised on
Acquisition
Rs. ’000
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 24,576
Government Securities 17,618
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 124
Property, plant & equipment and intangible assets (net) [Refer Notes 36.1 and 37.1] 207,504
Loans and receivables to other customers 1,652,134
Other assets 24,355
Sub Total 1,926,311
Liabilities
Due to banks (1,038,736)
Current tax liabilities [Refer Note 44] (7,200)
Subordinated liabilities [Refer Note 49] (215,000)
Provision for gratuity payable [Refer Note 47.1 (b)] (1,977)
Deferred tax liabilities [Refer Note 45.1] (47,292)
Other liabilities (100,105)
Sub Total (1,410,310)
Fair value of identifiable net assets at the date of acquisition 516,001

Fair value of the land and buildings acquired was obtained using the valuations carried out by an independent professional valuer.

34.2.3 Goodwill

Goodwill arising from the acquisition has been recongnised as the excess of the consideration transferred over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Rs. ’000
Consideration transferred [Refer Note 34.2] 916,046
Fair value of identifiable net assets at the date of acquisition [Refer Note 34.2.2] (516,001)
Goodwill [Refer Note 37] 400,045

34.2.4 Cost of acquisition of the subsidiary, net of cash acquired

GROUP BANK
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Purchase consideration transferred [Refer Note 34.2] 916,046 916,046
Cash and cash equivalents acquired on business combination [Refer Note 34.2.2] (24,576)
Cost of acquisition of the subsidiary, net of cash acquired 891,470 916,046

35. Investments in Associates

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Holding Cost Market Value/
Directors’
Valuation
Cost Market Value/
Directors’
Valuation
Cost Market Value/
Directors’
Valuation
Cost Market Value/
Directors’
Valuation
% Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Unquoted:
Equity Investments Lanka Ltd. 22.92 44,331 72,134 44,331 60,411 44,331 72,134 44,331 60,411
(4,110,938 Ordinary Shares)
(4,110,938 Ordinary Shares as at December 31, 2013)
Add: Share of profit applicable to the Bank:
Balance as at January 01, 16,080 18,380
Current year’s share of profit/(loss) after tax 5,108 1,911
Other comprehensive income, net of tax 6,615 (2,132)
Less: Dividend received during the year (2,079)
Current year’s retained profit 11,723 (2,300)
Balance as at December 31, 27,803 16,080
Total 72,134 72,134 60,411 60,411 44,331 72,134 44,331 60,411
Commercial Insurance Brokers (Pvt) Ltd. 18.91 100 34,153 100 33,762
(120,000 Ordinary Shares)
(120,000 Ordinary Shares as at December 31, 2013)
Add: Share of profit applicable to the Bank:
Balance as at January 01, 33,662 30,901
Current year’s share of profit after tax 1,455 3,374
Other comprehensive income, net of tax (213)
Less: Dividend received during the year (851) (613)
Current year’s retained profit 391 2,761
Balance as at December 31, 34,053 33,662
Total 34,153 34,153 33,762 33,762
Total value of Investments in unquoted associates at carrying value on equity basis 106,287 94,173 44,331 44,331
Less: provision for impairment
Net Total 106,287 94,173 44,331 44,331
Total Market Value/Directors’ Valuation of Investments in Associates 106,287 94,173 72,134 60,411

The Group recognises the share of net assets of the associates under the Equity Method to arrive at the Directors’ valuation.

The maturity analysis of Investments in Associates is given in Note 58.

36. Property, Plant & Equipment

36.1 Group – 2014

Freehold
Land
Freehold
Buildings
Leasehold
Buildings
Computer
Equipment
Motor
Vehicles
Office
Equipment -
Furniture &
Fixtures
Capital
Work-in-
Progress
Total
2014
Total
2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs.’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Cost/Valuation
Balance as at January 01, 3,554,398 2,230,019 838,626 3,388,112 331,862 3,854,867 251,163 14,449,047 13,749,615
Property, Plant & Equipment acquired on business combination 86,000 91,000 9,473 12,341 17,354 216,168
Additions during the year 52,399 3,558 273,961 81,407 503,955 205,302 1,120,582 959,019
Transfer of accumulated depreciation on assets revalued (206,238) (37,634) (243,872)
Surplus on revaluation of property 1,190,476 431,013 191,268 1,812,757
Disposals during the year (134) (147,082) (97,746) (246,935) (491,897) (281,871)
Exchange rate variance (254) (102) (3,217) (3,573) 24,210
Transfers/adjustments (5,491) 5,491 (48,260) (48,260) (1,926)
Balance as at December 31, 4,883,273 2,549,352 992,126 3,518,719 327,762 4,131,515 408,205 16,810,952 14,449,047
Accumulated Depreciation and Impairment Losses
Balance as at January 01, 136,854 49,119 2,558,152 236,022 2,293,675 5,273,822 4,802,734
Accumulated depreciation assumed on business combination 4,725 6,728 5,615 17,068
Charge for the year [Refer Note 19] 69,992 22,884 306,632 41,090 646,577 1,087,175 717,583
Impairment loss
Transfer of accumulated depreciation on assets revalued (206,238) (37,634) (243,872)
Disposals during the year (144,656) (78,560) (233,146) (456,362) (261,555)
Exchange rate variance (207) (87) (1,446) (1,740) 15,119
Transfers/adjustments (5,359) 5,359 (59)
Balance as at December 31, 608 34,369 2,719,287 205,193 2,716,634 5,676,091 5,273,822
Net book value as at December 31, 2014 4,883,273 2,548,744 957,757 799,432 122,569 1,414,881 408,205 11,134,861
Net book value as at December 31, 2013 3,554,398 2,093,165 789,507 829,960 95,840 1,561,192 251,163 9,175,225

36.2 Group – 2013

Freehold
Land
Freehold
Buildings
Leasehold
Buildings
Computer
Equipment
Motor
Vehicles
Office
Equipment -
Furniture &
Fixtures
Capital
Work-in-
Progress
Total
2013
Total
2012
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Cost/Valuation
Balance as at January 01, 3,502,740 2,209,630 838,626 3,170,031 367,490 3,542,095 119,003 13,749,615 12,719,314
Additions during the year 51,658 20,389 348,577 20,858 384,674 132,863 959,019 1,260,079
Surplus on revaluation of property 192,237
Disposals during the year (137,017) (58,843) (86,011) (281,871) (396,409)
Exchange rate variance 6,580 2,357 13,874 1,399 24,210 58,524
Transfers/adjustments (59) 235 (2,102) (1,926) (84,130)
Balance as at December 31, 3,554,398 2,230,019 838,626 3,388,112 331,862 3,854,867 251,163 14,449,047 13,749,615
Accumulated Depreciation and Impairment Losses
Balance as at January 01, 67,722 146,515 2,351,033 236,328 2,001,136 4,802,734 4,216,103
Charge for the year [Refer Note 19] 69,132 (97,396) 337,730 48,169 359,948 717,583 942,765
Impairment loss
Disposals during the year (136,262) (50,221) (75,072) (261,555) (336,079)
Exchange rate variance 5,710 1,746 7,663 15,119 31,849
Transfers/adjustments (59) (59) (51,904)
Balance as at December 31, 136,854 49,119 2,558,152 236,022 2,293,675 5,273,822 4,802,734
Net book value as at December 31, 2013 3,554,398 2,093,165 789,507 829,960 95,840 1,561,192 251,163 9,175,225
Net book value as at December 31, 2012 3,502,740 2,141,908 692,111 818,998 131,162 1,540,959 119,003 8,946,881

There were no capitalised borrowing cost related to the acquisition of property, plant & equipment during the year 2014 (2013 - Nil).

The carrying amount of Group’s revalued assets that would have been included in the Financial Statements had the assets been carried at cost less depreciation/amortisation is as follows:

As at December 31, 2014 2013
Cost Accumulated
Depreciation
Net Book
Value
Cost Accumulated
Depreciation
Net Book
Value
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Class of Asset
Freehold land 711,720 711,720 608,588 608,588
Freehold buildings 1,080,035 298,287 781,748 1,027,212 269,653 757,559
Leasehold buildings 259,625 144,490 115,135 259,759 136,567 123,192
Total 2,051,380 442,777 1,608,603 1,895,559 406,220 1,489,339

36.3 Bank – 2014

Freehold
Land
Freehold
Buildings
Leasehold
Buildings
Computer
Equipment
Motor
Vehicles
Office
Equipment -
Furniture &
Fixtures
Capital
Work-in-
Progress
Total
2014
Total
2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Cost/Valuation
Balance as at January 01, 3,554,398 2,230,019 104,625 3,383,183 146,484 3,851,453 229,365 13,499,527 12,747,986
Additions during the year 52,399 3,558 273,109 637 485,307 205,302 1,020,312 958,204
Transfer of accumulated depreciation on assets revalued (206,238) (206,238)
Surplus on revaluation of property 1,190,476 431,013 1,621,489
Disposals during the year (146,255) (17,972) (246,316) (410,543) (227,463)
Exchange rate variance (254) (102) (648) (1,004) 22,726
Transfers/adjustments (5,491) 5,491 (30,448) (30,448) (1,926)
Balance as at December 31, 4,797,273 2,458,352 104,625 3,504,292 129,047 4,095,287 404,219 15,493,095 13,499,527
Accumulated Depreciation and Impairment Losses
Balance as at January 01, 136,854 30,769 2,555,449 97,087 2,292,024 5,112,183 4,526,868
Charge for the year [Refer Note 19] 69,384 3,599 305,358 17,945 630,444 1,026,730 786,024
Impairment loss
Transfer of accumulated depreciation on assets revalued (206,238) (206,238)
Disposals during the year (143,926) (15,484) (232,568) (391,978) (215,769)
Exchange rate variance (207) (87) (399) (693) 15,119
Transfers/adjustments (5,359) 5,359 (59)
Balance as at December 31, 34,368 2,711,315 99,461 2,694,860 5,540,004 5,112,183
Net book value as at December 31, 2014 4,797,273 2,458,352 70,257 792,977 29,586 1,400,427 404,219 9,953,091
Net book value as at December 31, 2013 3,554,398 2,093,165 73,856 827,734 49,397 1,559,429 229,365 8,387,344

36.4 Bank – 2013

Freehold
Land
Freehold
Buildings
Leasehold
Buildings
Computer
Equipment
Motor
Vehicles
Office
Equipment -
Furniture &
Fixtures
Capital
Work-in-
Progress
Total
31.12.2013
Total
31.12.2012
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Cost/Valuation
Balance as at January 01, 3,502,740 2,209,630 104,625 3,165,537 127,704 3,539,146 98,604 12,747,986 11,793,172
Additions during the year 51,658 20,389 348,142 20,858 384,294 132,863 958,204 1,197,639
Disposals during the year (137,017) (4,435) (86,011) (227,463) (266,664)
Exchange rate variance 6,580 2,357 13,789 22,726 55,788
Transfers/adjustments (59) 235 (2,102) (1,926) (31,949)
Balance as at December 31, 3,554,398 2,230,019 104,625 3,383,183 146,484 3,851,453 229,365 13,499,527 12,747,986
Accumulated Depreciation and Impairment Losses
Balance as at January 01, 67,722 27,170 2,348,915 83,297 1,999,764 4,526,868 3,886,142
Charge for the year [Refer Note 19] 69,132 3,599 337,145 16,479 359,669 786,024 859,675
Impairment loss
Disposals during the year (136,262) (4,435) (75,072) (215,769) (251,075)
Exchange rate variance 5,710 1,746 7,663 15,119 31,849
Transfers/adjustments (59) (59) 277
Balance as at December 31, 136,854 30,769 2,555,449 97,087 2,292,024 5,112,183 4,526,868
Net book value as at December 31, 2013 3,554,398 2,093,165 73,856 827,734 49,397 1,559,429 229,365 8,387,344
Net book value as at December 31, 2012 3,502,740 2,141,908 77,455 816,622 44,407 1,539,382 98,604 8,221,118

There were no capitalised borrowing costs related to the acquisition of property, plant & equipment during the year 2014 (2013 - Nil).

The carrying amount of Bank’s revalued assets that would have been included in the Financial Statements had the assets been carried at cost less depreciation/amortisation is as follows:

As at December 31, 2014 2013
Cost Accumulated
Depreciation
Net Book
Value
Cost Accumulated
Depreciation
Net Book
Value
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Class of Asset
Freehold land 660,987 660,987 608,588 608,588
Freehold buildings 1,030,770 295,422 735,348 1,027,212 269,653 757,559
Leasehold buildings 102,726 41,005 61,721 102,726 38,437 64,289
Total 1,794,483 336,427 1,458,056 1,738,526 308,090 1,430,436

The maturity analysis of Property, Plant & Equipment is given in Note 58.

36.5 (a) Information on Freehold Land and Buildings of the Bank - Extents and Locations

[As required by Rule No. 7.6 (viii) of the ‘Continuing Listing Requirements’ of the Colombo Stock Exchange]

Location Extent
(Perches)
Buildings
(Square
Feet)
Revalued
Amounts
Land
Rs. ’000
Revalued
Amounts
Buildings
Rs. ’000
Net Book
Value/
Revalued
Rs. ’000
Net Book
Value before
Revaluation
Rs. ’000
CEO’s Bungalow - No. 27, Queens Road, Colombo 3 64 5,616 544,850 15,150 560,000 421,459
Holiday Bungalow - Bandarawela
Ambatenne Estate, Bandarawela
423 5,649 56,700 11,400 68,100 61,436
Holiday Bungalow - Haputale
No. 23, Lily Avenue, Welimada Road, Haputale
258 5,662 30,900 15,300 46,200 38,713
Branch Buildings
Battaramulla - No. 213, Kaduwela Road, Battaramulla 14 11,216 52,500 87,375 139,875 79,866
Battaramulla - No. 213, Kaduwela Road, Battaramulla 13 Bare Land 50,000 50,000 52,399
Borella - No. 92, D.S. Senanayake Mawatha, Borella, Colombo 8 16 16,880 156,300 198,700 355,000 126,331
Chilaw - No. 44, Colombo Road, Chilaw 35 9,420 63,522 38,000 101,522 126,541
Galewela - No. 49/57, Matale Road, Galewela 99 18,472 22,275 15,225 37,500 32,012
Galle City - No. 130, Main Street, Galle 7 3,675 40,500 8,269 48,769 40,277
Galle Fort - No. 22, Church Street, Fort, Galle 100 11,625 210,000 40,000 250,000 146,256
Gampaha - No. 51, Queen Mary’s Road, Gampaha 33 4,685 57,575 10,541 68,116 61,463
Hikkaduwa - No. 217, Galle Road, Hikkaduwa 37 6,713 26,370 24,608 50,978 37,518
Ja-Ela - No. 140, Negombo Road, Ja-Ela 13 7,468 29,000 21,000 50,000 38,741
Jaffna - No. 474, Hospital Road, Jaffna 77 5,146 581,000 19,000 600,000 283,456
Kandy - No. 120, Kotugodella Veediya, Kandy 45 44,500 354,000 231,000 585,000 549,953
Kegalle - No. 186, Main Street, Kegalle 85 2,650 128,000 7,000 135,000 121,300
Keyzer Street - No. 32, Keyzer Street, Colombo 11 7 6,100 56,000 26,000 82,000 68,128
Kollupitiya - No. 285, Galle Road, Colombo 3 17 16,254 115,000 65,000 180,000 158,283
Kotahena - No. 198, George R. De Silva Mawatha,
Kotahena, Colombo 13
28 26,722 140,000 207,400 347,400 314,958
Kurunegala - No. 4, Suratissa Mawatha, Kurunegala 50 9,821 199,325 34,675 234,000 218,636
Maharagama - No. 154, High Level Road, Maharagama 18 8,440 53,250 31,750 85,000 101,015
Matale - No. 70, King Street, Matale 51 8,596 75,000 60,000 135,000 117,358
Matara - No. 18, Station Road, Matara 37 8,137 50,695 25,291 75,986 50,470
Minuwangoda - No. 42, Siriwardena Mawatha, Minuwangoda 25 5,550 31,250 17,690 48,940 71,655
Mutwal - No. 160, St. James Street, Colombo 15 17 Bare Land 34,000 34,000 22,300
Narahenpita - No. 201, Kirula Road, Narahenpita, Colombo 5 22 11,193 132,300 87,700 220,000 162,939
Narammala - No. 55, Negombo Road, Narammala 42 5,353 53,391 16,609 70,000 58,843
Negombo - No. 24, 26, Fernando Avenue, Negombo 37 11,360 73,000 31,000 104,000 73,940
Nugegoda - No. 100, Stanley Thilakaratne Mawatha, Nugegoda 39 11,150 156,000 41,000 197,000 234,221
Nuwara Eliya - No. 36, Buddhajayanthi Mawatha, Nuwara-Eliya 42 10,184 82,000 71,000 153,000 135,834
Panadura - No. 375, Galle Road, Panadura 12 6,168 30,750 40,090 70,840 35,236
Pettah - People’s Park Shopping Complex, Colombo 11 3,147 58,000 58,000 45,723
Pettah - Stores - People’s Park Shopping Complex, Colombo 11 225 4,800 4,800 3,521
Pettah - Main Street - No. 280, Main Street, Pettah, Colombo 11 20 22,760 280,000 69,299 349,299 238,670
Trincomalee - No. 474, Power House Road, Trincomalee 100 Bare Land 90,300 90,300 75,000
Union Place - No. 1, Union Place, Colombo 2 30 63,385 450,000 750,000 1,200,000 936,148
Wellawatte - No. 343, Galle Road, Colombo 6 45 15,050 249,520 50,480 300,000 235,222
Wennappuwa - No. 262, 264, Colombo Road, Wennappuwa 36 9,226 42,000 28,000 70,000 58,315
Total 4,797,273 2,458,352 7,255,625 5,634,136

36.5 (b) Information on Valuations of Freehold Land and Buildings of the Bank

[As required by Rule No. 7.6 (viii) of the ‘Continuing Listing Requirements’ of the Colombo Stock Exchange and the SLFRS 13 on ‘Fair Value Measurement’]

Date of Valuation: December 31, 2014

Name of Professional Valuer/Location and Address Method of Valuation and Significant Unobservable Inputs Range of Estimates for Unobservable Inputs Net Book Value before Revaluation of Revalued Amount of Revaluation Gain/(Loss) Recognised on
Land Buildings Land Buildings Land Buildings
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Mr. H.M.N. Herath
Chilaw
No. 44, Colombo Road, Chilaw
Market comparable method 61,750 64,791 63,522 38,000 1,772 (26,791)
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 1,800,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 4,250 p.sq.ft.
  • Depreciation rate
5%
Gampaha
No. 51, Queen Mary’s Road Gampaha
Market comparable method 51,658 9,805 57,575 10,541 5,917 736
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 1,750,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 3,750 p.sq.ft.
  • Depreciation rate
40%
Minuwangoda
No. 42, Siriwardena Mw., Minuwangoda
Market comparable method 37,500 34,155 31,250 17,690 (6,250) (16,465)
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 1,250,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 4,250 p.sq.ft.
  • Depreciation rate
25%
Mr. K.C.B. Condegama
Maharagama
No. 154, Highlevel Road, Maharagama
Market comparable method 62,125 38,890 53,250 31,750 (8,875) (7,140)
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 3,000,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 3,750 p.sq.ft.
Nugegoda
No. 100, Stanley Thilakaratne Mw., Nugegoda
Market comparable method 195,000 39,221 156,000 41,000 (39,000) 1,779
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 4,000,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 3,800 p.sq.ft.
Wellawatte
No. 343, Galle Road, Colombo 6
Market comparable method 204,100 31,122 249,520 50,480 45,420 19,358
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 5,000,000 to Rs. 6,000,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 3,800 p.sq.ft.
Mr. P.B. Kalugalagedara
Keyzer Street
No. 32, Keyzer Street, Colombo 11
Market comparable method 45,000 23,128 56,000 26,000 11,000 2,872
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 7,500,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 500 to Rs. 6,000 p.sq.ft.
Kollupitiya
No. 285, Galle Road, Colombo 3
Market comparable method 100,000 58,283 115,000 65,000 15,000 6,717
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 7,500,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 1,250 to Rs. 5,000 p.sq.ft.
Kotahena
No. 198, George R. De Silva Mw., Kotahena, Colombo 13
Market comparable method 110,000 204,958 140,000 207,400 30,000 2,442
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 5,000,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 1,000 to Rs. 7,750 p.sq.ft.
Mutwal
No. 160, St. James Street, Colombo 15
Market comparable method 22,300 34,000 11,700
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 2,000,000 p.p.
Mr. R.S. Wijesuriya
Battaramulla
No. 213, Kaduwela Road, Battaramula
Market comparable method 24,518 55,348 52,500 87,375 27,982 32,027
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 3,750,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 7,500 p.sq.ft.
Battaramulla
No. 213, Kaduwela Road, Battaramula
Market comparable method 52,399 50,000 (2,399)
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 3,750,000 p.p.
Panadura
No. 375, Galle Road, Panadura
Market comparable method 18,450 16,787 30,750 40,090 12,300 23,303
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 2,500,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 6,500 p.sq.ft.
Mr. S.A.S. Fernando
Galle City
No. 130, Main Street, Galle
Market comparable method 33,750 6,527 40,500 8,269 6,750 1,742
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 6,000,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 2,250 p.sq.ft.
Galle Fort
No. 22, Church Street, Fort, Galle
Market comparable method 100,000 46,256 210,000 40,000 110,000 (6,256)
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 2,100,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 3,440 p.sq.ft.
Hikkaduwa
No. 217, Galle Road, Hikkaduwa
Market comparable method 16,740 20,778 26,370 24,608 9,630 3,830
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 500,000 to Rs. 850,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 2,750 to Rs. 3,500 p.sq.ft.
Matara
No. 18, Station Road, Matara
Market comparable method 28,154 22,315 50,695 25,291 22,541 2,976
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 750,000 to Rs. 1,750,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 2,750 to Rs. 3,500 p.sq.ft.
Trincomalee
No. 474, Power House Road, Trincomalee
Market comparable method 75,000 90,300 15,300
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 900,000 p.p.
Mr. S.T. Sanmuganathan
Jaffna
No. 474, Hospital Road, Jaffna
Investment method 272,135 11,321 581,000 19,000 308,865 7,679
  • Gross Monthly Rental
Rs. 7,500,000 p.m.
  • Years purchase
    (Present value of 1 unit per period)
10
  • Void period
2 months p.a.
Mr. Sarath G. Fernando
Holiday Bungalow - Bandarawela
Ambatenne Estate, Bandarawela
Market comparable method 51,400 10,036 56,700 11,400 5,300 1,364
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 50,000 to Rs. 200,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 3,750 to Rs. 4,500 p.sq.ft.
  • Depreciation rate
50%
Holiday Bungalow - Haputale
No. 23, Lily Avenue, Welimada Road, Haputale
Market comparable method 25,700 13,013 30,900 15,300 5,200 2,287
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 150,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 3,250 to Rs. 6,500 p.sq.ft.
  • Depreciation rate
20% to 55%
Kandy
No. 120, Kotugodella Veediya, Kandy
Market comparable method 342,000 207,953 354,000 231,000 12,000 23,047
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 8,500,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 5,750 to Rs. 9,500 p.sq.ft.
  • Depreciation rate
30% & 35%
Kegalle
No.186, Main Street, Kegalle
Market comparable method 115,000 6,300 128,000 7,000 13,000 700
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 1,000,000 to Rs. 2,500,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 5,500 p.sq.ft.
  • Depreciation rate
50%
Matale
No. 70, King Street, Matale
Market comparable method 60,000 57,358 75,000 60,000 15,000 2,642
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 1,500,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 8,750 p.sq.ft.
  • Depreciation rate
20%
Nuwara-Eliya
No. 36/3, Buddha Jayanthi Mawatha, Nuwara-Eliya
Market comparable method 72,000 63,834 82,000 71,000 10,000 7,166
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 1,000,000 to Rs. 2,000,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 8,750 p.sq.ft.
  • Depreciation rate
20%
Mr. Siri Nissanka
Borella
No. 92, D.S. Senanayake Mw., Colombo 08.
Market comparable method 70,335 55,996 156,300 198,700 85,965 142,704
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 10,000,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 11,000 p.sq.ft.
CEO’s Bungalow
No. 27, Queens Road, Colombo 03
Market comparable method 416,650 4,809 544,850 15,150 128,200 10,341
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 8,500,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 2,750 p.sq.ft.
Narahenpita
No. 201, Kirula Road, Narahenpita, Colombo 05
Market comparable method 99,225 63,714 132,300 87,700 33,075 23,986
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 6,000,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 7,850 p.sq.ft.
Pettah-Main Street
No. 280, Main Street, Pettah, Colombo 11
Market comparable method 169,370 69,299 280,000 69,299 110,630
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 14,000,000 p.p.
Union Place
No. 1, Union Place, Colombo 02
Market comparable method 360,000 576,148 450,000 750,000 90,000 173,852
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 15,000,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 12,000 p.sq.ft.
Mr. W.D.P. Rupananda
Ja-Ela
No. 140, Negombo Road, Ja-Ela
Market comparable method 23,188 15,554 29,000 21,000 5,812 5,446
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 2,250,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 3,500 to Rs. 4,500 p.sq.ft.
  • Depreciation rate
30%
Negombo
No. 24, 26, Fernando Avenue, Negombo
Market comparable method 49,500 24,440 73,000 31,000 23,500 6,560
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 1,500,000 to Rs. 2,200,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 3,500 to Rs. 4,250 p.sq.ft.
  • Depreciation rate
25%
Pettah
People’s Park Shopping Complex, Colombo 11
Investment method 45,723 58,000 12,277
  • Gross monthly rental
Rs. 23,200 to Rs. 160,000 p.m.
  • Years purchase (Present value of 1 unit per period)
18.18
  • Void period
4 months p.a.
Pettah
People’s Park Shopping Complex, Colombo 11
Investment method 3,521 4,800 1,279
  • Gross monthly rental
Rs. 36,000 p.m.
  • Years purchase (Present value of 1 unit per period)
18.18
  • Void period
4 months p.a.
Wennappuwa
No. 262, 264, Colombo Road, Wennappuwa
Market comparable method 37,500 20,815 42,000 28,000 4,500 7,185
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 1,400,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 3,250 to Rs. 4,500 p.sq.ft.
  • Depreciation rate
25%
Mr. W.S. Pemaratne
Galewela
No. 49/57, Matale Road, Galewela
Market comparable method 19,800 12,212 22,275 15,225 2,475 3,013
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 225,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 2,250 to Rs. 3,500 p.sq.ft.
  • Depreciation rate
15%
Kurunegala
No. 4, Suratissa Mw., Kurunegala
Market comparable method
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 3,500,000 to 4,150,000 p.p. 140,000 78,636 199,325 34,675 59,325 (43,961)
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 3,000 to Rs. 4,250 p.sq.ft.
  • Depreciation rate
10%
Narammala
No. 55, Negombo Road, Narammala
Market comparable method 44,550 14,293 53,391 16,609 8,841 2,316
  • Price per perch for land
Rs. 1,300,000 p.p.
  • Price per square foot for building
Rs. 3,500 p.sq.ft.
  • Depreciation rate
5%
Total 3,606,797 2,027,339 4,797,273 2,458,352 1,190,476 431,013

p.p. - per perch p.sq.ft. - per square foot p.m. - per month

Description of the above valuation techniques together with narrative descriptions on sensitivity of the fair value measurement to changes in significant unobservable inputs are tabulated below:

Valuation Technique Significant unobservable valuation inputs (ranges of each property are given in the table above) Sensitivity of the fair value measurement to inputs
Market comparable method Estimated fair value would increase (decrease) if;
This method considers the selling price of a similar property within a reasonably recent period of time in determining the fair value of the property being revalued. This involves evaluation of recent active market prices of similar assets, making appropriate adjustments for differences in size, nature, location, condition of specific property. In this process, outlier transactions, indicative of particularly motivated buyers or sellers are too compensated for since the price may not adequately reflect the fair market value. Price per perch for land Price per perch increases (decreases)
Price per square foot for building Price per square feet increases (decreases)
Depreciation rate for building Depreciation rate for building (decreases)/increases
Investment method Estimated fair value would increase (decrease) if;
This method involves capitalisation of the expected rental income at an appropriate rate of years purchase currently characterised by the real
estate market.
Gross Annual Rentals Gross Annual Rentals increases (decreases)
Years purchase
(Present value of 1 unit per period)
Years purchase increases (decreases)
Void period Void period (decreases)/increases

36.6 Title Restriction on Property, Plant & Equipment

There were no restrictions existed on the title of the Property, Plant & Equipment of the Group/Bank as at the reporting date.

36.7 Property, Plant & Equipment Pledged as Security for Liabilities

There were no items of Property, Plant & Equipment pledged as securities for liabilities of the Group/Bank as at the reporting date.

36.8 Compensation from Third Parties for Items of Property, Plant & Equipment

The compensation received/receivable from third parties for items of Property, Plant & Equipment that were impaired, lost or given up at the Reporting Date of the Bank are as follows.

As at December 31, 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Total claims lodged 4,299 1,989
Total claims received (2,276) (1,008)
Total claims rejected (985) (981)
Total claims receivable 1,038

36.9 Fully Depreciated Property, Plant & Equipment

The cost of fully-depreciated Property, Plant & Equipment of the Bank which are still in use is as follows:

As at December 31, 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Computer equipment 1,965,926 1,794,881
Office equipment, furniture and fixtures 1,550,010 1,127,494
Motor vehicles 26,477 38,486

36.10 Temporarily Idle Property, Plant & Equipment

Following Property, Plant & Equipment of the Bank were temporarily idle (until the assets issued to business units).

As at December 31, 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Computer equipment 112,246 70,862
Office equipment, furniture and fixtures 69,729 80,490

36.11 Property, Plant & Equipment Retired from Active Use

Following Property, Plant & Equipment of the Bank were retired from active use.

As at December 31, 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Computer equipment 89,833 32,726
Office equipment, furniture and fixtures 58,413 16,300
Motor vehicles 214 214

36.12 Borrowing Costs

There were no capitalised borrowing costs related to the acquisition of Property, Plant & Equipment during the year 2014 (2013 - Nil).

37. Intangible Assets

GROUP BANK
2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Computer Software [Refer Note 37.1] 397,644 423,233 389,096 422,668
Software under development [Refer Note 37.2] 58,541 54,495 50,032 44,925
Goodwill arising on business combination
[Refer Note 34.2.3]
400,045
Total 856,230 477,728 439,128 467,593

37.1 Computer Software

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Cost/Valuation
Balance as at January 01, 1,479,951 1,262,607 1,479,171 1,262,281
Computer software acquired on business combination 9,800
Additions during the year 139,387 216,162 139,310 215,708
Disposals during the year
Exchange rate variance (52) 1,182 (52) 1,182
Transfers/adjustments
Balance as at December 31, 1,629,086 1,479,951 1,618,429 1,479,171
Accumulated amortisation and impairment losses
Balance as at January 01, 1,056,718 906,586 1,056,503 906,427
Accumulated amortisation assumed on business combination 1,395
Amortisation for the year [Refer Note 19] 173,373 149,347 172,874 149,291
Impairment loss
Disposals during the year
Exchange rate variance (44) 785 (44) 785
Transfers/adjustments
Balance as at December 31, 1,231,442 1,056,718 1,229,333 1,056,503
Net book value as at December 31, 397,644 423,233 389,096 422,668

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

37.2 Software Under Development

Cost/Valuation
Balance as at January 01, 54,495 150,140 44,925 141,184
Additions during the year 43,676 77,850 43,676 77,850
Transfers/adjustments during the year (38,569) (174,109) (38,569) (174,109)
Exchange rate variance (1,061) 614
Disposals during the year
Balance as at December 31, 58,541 54,495 50,032 44,925

There were no restrictions existed on the title of the intangible assets of the Group/Bank as at the reporting date. Further, there were no items pledged as securities for liabilities. There were no capitalised borrowing costs related to the acquisition of intangible assets during the year 2014 (2013 - Nil).

The maturity analysis of Intangible Assets is given in Note 58.

38. Leasehold Property

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Cost/Valuation,
Balance as at January 01, 128,700 128,700 84,840 84,840
Additions during the year
Balance as at December 31, 128,700 128,700 84,840 84,840
Accumulated Amortisation
Balance as at January 01, 18,376 16,924 8,478 7,536
Amortisation for the year [Refer Note 19] 1,452 1,452 942 942
Balance as at December 31, 19,828 18,376 9,420 8,478
Net book value as at December 31, 108,872 110,324 75,420 76,362

The carrying amount of revalued assets that would have been included in the Financial Statements had the assets been carried at cost less depreciation/amortisation is as follows:

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 Cost Accumulated
Amortisation
Net Book
Value
Cost Accumulated
Amortisation
Net Book
Value
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Class of Asset
Leasehold Land 23,715 6,348 17,367 14,846 3,483 11,363
Total 23,715 6,348 17,367 14,846 3,483 11,363

 

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2013 Cost Accumulated
Amortisation
Net Book
Value
Cost Accumulated
Amortisation
Net Book
Value
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Class of Asset
Leasehold Land 23,715 6,109 17,606 14,846 3,333 11,513
Total 23,715 6,109 17,606 14,846 3,333 11,513

The maturity analysis of Leasehold Property is given in Note 58.

39. Other Assets

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Receivables 19,709 22,335 19,709 22,335
Deposits and prepayments 1,399,469 1,518,412 1,402,587 1,521,526
Clearing account balance 4,078,542 2,999,575 4,078,542 2,999,575
Unamortised cost on staff loans
(Day 1 difference)
2,857,759 2,757,193 2,857,759 2,757,103
Other accounts 2,204,951 2,126,733 2,183,220 2,126,191
Total 10,560,430 9,424,248 10,541,817 9,426,730

The maturity analysis of Other Assets is given in Note 58.

40. Due to Banks

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Borrowings 23,326,066 7,915,406 22,918,017 7,915,406
Local currency borrowings 407,187
Foreign currency borrowings 22,918,879 7,915,406 22,918,017 7,915,406
Securities sold under repurchase (repo) agreements 2,342,959 6,278,813 2,342,959 6,278,813
Total 25,669,025 14,194,219 25,260,976 14,194,219

The maturity analysis of Due to Banks is given in Note 58.

41. Derivative Financial Liabilities

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Foreign currency derivatives
Currency swaps 823,596 823,596
Forward contracts 368,886 1,406,553 368,886 1,406,553
Spot contracts 657 5,363 657 5,363
Total 1,193,139 1,411,916 1,193,139 1,411,916

The maturity analysis of Derivative Financial Liabilities is given in Note 58.

42. Due to Other Customers/Deposits from Customers

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Local currency deposits 401,872,201 342,766,248 401,967,097 342,820,225
Current account balances 34,311,477 27,775,664 34,317,565 27,775,704
Savings deposits 164,462,225 119,800,612 164,521,655 119,827,302
Time deposits 202,162,715 191,623,969 202,192,093 191,651,216
Certificates of deposit 935,784 3,566,003 935,784 3,566,003
Foreign currency deposits 127,394,387 108,332,698 127,394,387 108,332,698
Current account balances 10,809,389 9,111,749 10,809,389 9,111,749
Savings deposits 46,467,745 39,594,657 46,467,745 39,594,657
Time deposits 70,117,253 59,626,292 70,117,253 59,626,292
Certificates of deposit
Total 529,266,588 451,098,946 529,361,484 451,152,923

42.1 Analysis of due to Customers/Deposits from Customers

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
(a) By product
Current account balances 45,120,866 36,887,413 45,126,954 36,887,453
Savings deposits 210,929,970 159,395,269 210,989,400 159,421,959
Time deposits 272,279,968 251,250,261 272,309,346 251,277,508
Certificates of deposit 935,784 3,566,003 935,784 3,566,003
Sub total 529,266,588 451,098,946 529,361,484 451,152,923
(b) By currency
Sri Lankan Rupee 401,872,201 342,766,248 401,967,097 342,820,225
United States Dollar 78,352,927 59,873,351 78,352,927 59,873,351
Great Britain Pound 7,567,161 7,437,142 7,567,161 7,437,142
Euro 25,425,565 27,698,162 25,425,565 27,698,162
Australian Dollar 7,935,496 5,474,369 7,935,496 5,474,369
Bangladesh Taka 6,800,927 6,556,111 6,800,927 6,556,111
Other currencies 1,312,311 1,293,563 1,312,311 1,293,563
Sub total 529,266,588 451,098,946 529,361,484 451,152,923
(c) By institution/customers
Deposits from banks 766,916 1,704,408 766,916 1,704,408
Deposits from finance companies 5,406,461 3,736,661 5,406,461 3,736,661
Deposits from other customers 523,093,211 445,657,877 523,188,107 445,711,854
Sub total 529,266,588 451,098,946 529,361,484 451,152,923

The maturity analysis of Deposits from Customers is given in Note 58.

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

43. Other Borrowings

Refinance borrowings 4,857,361 6,427,536 4,857,361 6,427,536
Securities sold under repurchase (repo) agreements 124,391,042 39,054,967 124,564,499 39,230,639
Borrowings from International Finance Corporation (IFC) 6,779,222 8,515,000 6,779,222 8,515,000
Total 136,027,625 53,997,503 136,201,082 54,173,175

The maturity analysis of Other Borrowings is given in Note 58.

44. Current Tax Liabilities

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 1,780,867 2,821,975 1,758,574 2,801,541
Tax payable assumed on business combination 7,200
Provision for the year 4,484,017 4,068,507 4,424,113 4,030,734
Reversal of (over)/under provision 10,920 (167,169) 11,041 (169,789)
Self-assessment payments (3,036,746) (3,998,722) (2,988,916) (3,962,673)
Notional tax credits (1,080,686) (905,407) (1,079,038) (903,649)
Withholding tax/other credits (126,348) (81,089) (125,948) (80,362)
Exchange rate variance (1,836) 42,772 (1,836) 42,772
Balance as at December 31, 2,037,388 1,780,867 1,997,990 1,758,574

The maturity analysis of Current Tax Liabilities is given in Note 58.

45. Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

45.1 Summary of Net Deferred Tax Liability

GROUP BANK
2014 2013 2014 2013
Temporary
Difference
Tax Effect Temporary
Difference
Tax Effect Temporary
Difference
Tax Effect Temporary
Difference
Tax Effect
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 6,407,851 1,763,414 5,191,693 1,431,725 5,692,341 1,563,070 4,541,132 1,249,567
Deferred tax liabilities assumed
on business combination
168,900 47,293
Amount originating/(reversing)
to Income Statement
490,269 122,187 755,857 206,506 485,610 120,881 747,134 204,063
Amount originating/(reversing) to
Statement of Profit or Loss and
Other Comprehensive Income
3,368,207 943,098 (27,425) (7,679) 3,177,150 889,602 (28,704) (8,037)
Tax effect on pre-acquisition reserves 54,947 15,385
Unwinding of the deferred tax effect
on revaluation surplus on
freehold buildings
432,779 121,178 432,779 121,178
Exchange rate variance 207 (3,701) 207 (3,701)
Balance as at December 31, 10,435,227 2,876,199 6,407,851 1,763,414 9,355,101 2,573,760 5,692,341 1,563,070

45.2 Reconciliation of Net Deferred Tax Liability

GROUP
Statement of
Financial Position
Income Statement Statement of Profit or Loss and
Other Comprehensive Income
2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Deferred Tax Liabilities on:
Accelerated depreciation for tax purposes - Own assets 373,175 397,135 33,651 (55,097)
Accelerated depreciation for tax purposes - Leased assets 1,581,807 1,274,209 (253,603) (224,950)
Revaluation surplus on freehold buildings 780,357 605,322 15,107 29,918 (174,239)
Tax effect on actuarial gains on defined benefit plans 3,584 2,062 (1,522) (2,062)
Unrealised gain/(loss) on Available-for-Sale (AFS) portfolio 792,513 (792,513)
Effective interest rate on deposits 3,398 (3,398)
Effect of exchange rate variance 9 9 207 (3,701)
3,534,843 2,278,737 (208,036) (253,830) (968,274) (2,062)
Deferred Tax Assets on:
Finance leases 203 2,004 (1,801) (3,086)
Defined benefit plans 281,040 245,563 35,477 41,660
Tax effect on actuarial losses on defined benefit plans 15,801 9,741 6,060 9,741
Provision on credit card advances (18,567)
Specific provision on lease receivable 56,254 56,254 (63,282)
Leave encashment 160,990 153,608 7,382 42,446
Tax effect on actuarial losses on leave encashment 19,116 19,116
Straight lining on lease rentals 19,222 8,739 10,483 8,739
De-recognition of commission income 70,662 39,414 31,248 39,414
Impairment provision 35,356 4,679
Carried forward tax loss on leasing business (1,619)
658,644 515,323 85,849 47,324 25,176 9,741
Deferred tax effect on Income Statement and
Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive
Income for the year
(122,187) (206,506) (943,098) 7,679
Net deferred tax liability as at December 31, 2,876,199 1,763,414

45.3 Reconciliation of Net Deferred Tax Liability

BANK
Statement of
Financial Position
Income Statement Statement of Profit or
Loss and Other
Comprehensive Income
For the year ended/as at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Deferred Tax Liabilities on:
Accelerated depreciation for tax purposes - Own assets 330,867 366,494 35,627 (54,362)
Accelerated depreciation for tax purposes - Leased assets 1,525,515 1,274,208 (251,307) (224,949)
Revaluation surplus on freehold buildings 533,651 427,927 14,960 29,918 (120,684)
Tax effect on actuarial gains on defined benefit plans 3,059 1,510 (1,549) (1,510)
Unrealised gain/(loss) on Available-for-sale (AFS) portfolio 792,511 (792,511)
Effective interest rate on deposits 3,398 (3,398)
Effect of exchange rate variance 9 9 207 (3,701)
3,189,010 2,070,148 (203,911) (253,094) (914,744) (1,510)
Deferred Tax Assets on:
Finance leases
Defined benefit plans 273,433 239,516 33,917 40,282
Tax effect on actuarial losses on defined benefit plans 15,573 9,547 6,026 9,547
Provision on credit card advances (18,568)
Specific provision on lease receivable 56,254 56,254 (63,282)
Leave encashment 160,990 153,608 7,382 42,446
Tax effect on actuarial losses on leave encashment 19,116 19,116
Straight lining of lease rentals 19,222 8,739 10,483 8,739
De-recognition of commission income 70,662 39,414 31,248 39,414
615,250 507,078 83,030 49,031 25,142 9,547
Deferred tax effect on Income Statement and Statement of
Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the year
(120,881) (204,063) (889,602) 8,037
Net deferred tax liability as at December 31 2,573,760 1,563,070

The maturity analysis of Deferred Tax Liabilities is given in Note 58.

46. Other Provisions

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Provision for claims payable 1,874 2,409 1,874 2,409
Total 1,874 2,409 1,874 2,409

 

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

47. Other Liabilities

Accrued expenditure 1,883,392 1,672,283 1,869,538 1,666,095
Cheques sent on clearing 4,015,967 2,974,099 4,015,967 2,974,099
Provision for gratuity payable [Refer Note 47.1 (b)] 748,969 624,642 720,520 604,324
Provision for unfunded pension scheme [Refer Note 47.2 (b)] 203,458 191,541 203,458 191,541
Provision for Leave Encashment [Refer Note 47.3 (b)] 643,238 548,601 643,238 548,601
Payable on oil hedging transactions 819,854 812,719 819,854 812,719
Other payables 9,355,025 3,061,930 9,170,956 3,029,830
Total 17,669,903 9,885,815 17,443,531 9,827,209

The maturity analysis of Other Liabilities is given in Note 58.

47.1 Provision for Gratuity Payable

An actuarial valuation of the retirement gratuity payable was carried out as at December 31, 2014 by Mr. M. Poopalanathan, AIA, of Messrs Actuarial & Management Consultants (Pvt) Ltd., a firm of professional actuaries. The valuation method used by the actuaries to value the liability is the ‘Projected Unit Credit Method (PUC)’, the method recommended by the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard, LKAS 19 on ‘Employee Benefits’.

47.1 (a) Actuarial Assumptions

Type of Assumption Criteria Description
Demographic Mortality - In service A 67/70 Mortality table issued by the Institute of Actuaries, London
Staff Turnover The staff turnover rate at an age represents the probability of an employee leaving within one year of that age due to reasons other than death, ill health and normal retirement. The same withdrawal rates which were used in the last valuation (as at December 31, 2013) to determine the liabilities of the active employees in the gratuity, were used in the actuarial valuation carried out as at December 31, 2014.
Normal retirement age The employees who are aged over the specified retirement age have been assumed to retire on their respective next birthdays.
Financial Rate of discount Sri Lankan operation
In the absence of a deep market in long term bonds in Sri Lanka, a long term interest rate of 9.50% p.a. (2013 - 10% p.a.) has been used to discount future liabilities considering anticipated long term rate of inflation.
Bangladesh operation
In the absence of long term high quality corporate bonds or Government bonds with the term that matches liabilities a long term interest rate of 10% p.a. (2013 - 10% p.a.) has been used to discount considering anticipated long term rate of inflation.
Salary increases A salary increment of 9% p.a. (2013 - 9% p.a.) has been used in respect of the active employees.

47.1 (b) Movement in the Provision for Gratuity Payable

GROUP BANK
2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 624,642 494,507 604,324 478,506
Gratuity payable assumed on business combination 1,977
Expense recognised in the Income Statement [Refer Note 47.1 (c)] 145,284 147,378 138,533 141,700
Exchange rate variance (381) 7,294 (381) 7,294
Amount paid during the year (17,245) (19,528) (16,423) (17,784)
Expense recognised in other comprehensive income (5,308) (5,009) (5,533) (5,392)
Balance as at December 31, 748,969 624,642 720,520 604,324

47.1 (c) Expense Recognised in the Income Statement - Gratuity

GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Interest cost 62,456 56,118 60,340 54,470
Current service cost 82,828 91,260 78,193 87,230
Total 145,284 147,378 138,533 141,700

47.1 (d) Sensitivity Analysis of Actuarial Valuation

The following table illustrates the impact of the possible changes in the discount rate and salary escalation rates on the gratuity valuation of the Group and the Bank as at December 31, 2014:

Group Bank
Variable Sensitivity Effect on Statement of Financial Position
(Benefit Obligation)
Rs. ’000
Sensitivity Effect on Statement of Financial Position
(Benefit Obligation)
Rs. ’000
1% increase in discount rate (81,183) (78,974)
1% decrease in discount rate 98,361 95,859
1% increase in salary escalation rate 100,896 98,408
1% decrease in salary escalation rate (84,573) (82,362)

47.2 Provision for Un-funded Pension Scheme

An actuarial valuation of the un-funded pension liability was carried out as at December 31, 2014 by Mr. M. Poopalanathan, AIA, of Messrs Actuarial & Management Consultants (Pvt) Ltd., a firm of professional actuaries. The valuation method used by the actuary to value the liability is the ‘Projected Unit Credit Method (PUC)’, the method recommended by the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard, LKAS 19 on ‘Employee Benefits’.

47.2 (a) Actuarial Assumptions

Type of Assumption Criteria Description
Demographic Mortality - In service A 67/70 Mortality table issued by the Institute of Actuaries, London.
After retirement A (90) Annuities table (Males and Females) issued by the Institute of Actuaries, London.
Staff turnover The withdrawal rate at an age represents the probability of an active employee leaving within one year of that age due to reasons other than death, ill health and normal retirement. The same withdrawal rates which were used in the last valuation (as at December 31, 2013) to determine the liabilities of the active employees in the funded scheme, were used in the actuarial valuation carried out as at December 31, 2014.
Disability Assumptions similar to those used in other comparable schemes for disability were used as the data required to do a ‘scheme specific’ study was not available.
Normal retirement age 55 or 60 years as indicated in the data file of active employees.
Financial Rate of discount In the absence of a deep market in long term bonds in Sri Lanka, a long term interest rate of 9.50% p.a. (2013 - 10% p.a.) has been used to discount future liabilities considering anticipated long term rate of inflation.
Salary increases A salary increment of 9% p.a. (2013 - 9% p.a.) has been used in respect of the active employees.
Post retirement pension increase rate There is no agreed rate of increase even though the pension payments are subject to periodic increases, and increases are granted solely at the discretion of the Bank. Therefore, no specific rate was assumed for this valuation.

 

47.2 (b) Movement in the Provision for Un-funded Pension Scheme

GROUP BANK
2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 191,541 167,394 191,541 167,394
Expense recognised in the income statement [Refer Note 47.2 (c)] 19,154 18,413 19,154 18,413
Amount paid during the year (28,756) (28,363) (28,756) (28,363)
Expense recognised in other comprehensive income 21,519 34,097 21,519 34,097
Balance as at December 31, 203,458 191,541 203,458 191,541

47.2 (c) Expense Recognised in the Income Statement – Un-funded Pension

GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Interest cost 19,154 18,413 19,154 18,413
Current service cost
Total 19,154 18,413 19,154 18,413

47.2 (d) Sensitivity Analysis on Actuarial Valuation – Un-funded Pension Scheme

The following table illustrates the impact of the possible change in the discount rate and salary escalation rate in the un-funded pension scheme valuation of the Bank as at December 31, 2014.

Group Bank
Variable Sensitivity Effect on Statement of Financial Position
(Benefit Obligation)
Rs. ’000
Sensitivity Effect on Statement of Financial Position
(Benefit Obligation)
Rs. ’000
1% increase in discount rate (9,014) (9,014)
1% decrease in discount rate 9,949 9,949
1% increase in salary escalation rate
1% decrease in salary escalation rate

47.3 Provision for Leave Encashment

An actuarial valuation of the leave encashment liability was carried out as at December 31, 2014 by Mr. M. Poopalanathan, AIA, of Messrs Actuarial & Management Consultants (Pvt) Ltd., a firm of professional actuaries. The valuation method used by the actuaries to value the liability is the ‘Projected Unit Credit Method (PUC)’, the method recommended by the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard, LKAS 19 on ‘Employee Benefits’.

47.3 (a) Actuarial Assumptions

Type of Assumption Criteria Description
Demographic Mortality - In service A 1967/70 Mortality table issued by the Institute of Actuaries, London
Staff turnover The probability of a member withdrawing from the scheme within a year of the ages between 20 to 55 years.
Disability The probability of a member becoming disabled within a year of the ages between 20 to 55 years.
Financial Rate of discount In the absence of a deep market in long term bonds in Sri Lanka, a long term interest rate of
9.5% p.a. (2013 - 10% p.a.) has been used to discount future liabilities considering anticipated long term rate of inflation.
Salary increases A salary increment of 9% p.a. (2013 - 9% p.a.) has been used in respect of the active employees.

47.3 (b) Movement in the Provision for Leave Encashment

GROUP BANK
2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 548,601 397,009 548,601 397,009
Expense recognised in the income statement [Refer Note 47.3 (c)] 54,860 151,592 54,860 151,592
Amount paid during the year (28,496) (28,496)
Expense recognised in other comprehensive income 68,273 68,273
Balance as at December 31, 643,238 548,601 643,238 548,601

47.3 (c) Expense Recognised in the Income Statement – Leave Encashment

GROUP BANK
For the year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Interest cost 54,860 151,592 54,860 151,592
Current service cost
Total 54,860 151,592 54,860 151,592

47.3 (d) Sensitivity Analysis on Actuarial Valuation – Leave Encashment

The following table illustrates the impact of the possible change in the discount rates and salary escalation rates on account of leave encashment liability of the Bank as at December 31, 2014:

GROUP BANK
Variable Sensitivity effect on Statement of Financial Position
(Benefit Obligation)
Rs. ’000
Sensitivity effect on Statement of Financial Position
(Benefit Obligation)
Rs. ’000
1% increase in discount rate (53,487) (53,487)
1% decrease in discount rate 63,352 63,352
1% increase in salary escalation rate 66,111 66,111
1% decrease in salary escalation rate (56,724) (56,724)

47.4 Employee Retirement Benefit

Pension Fund - Defined Benefit Plan

An actuarial valuation of the Retirement Pension Fund was carried out as at December 31, 2014 by Mr. M. Poopalanathan, AIA, of Messrs Actuarial & Management Consultants (Pvt) Ltd., a firm of professional actuaries. The valuation method used by the actuaries to value the fund is the ‘Projected Unit Credit Method (PUC)’, the method recommended by the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard - LKAS 19 on ‘Employee Benefits’.

The assets of the fund, which are independently administered by the Trustees as per the provisions of the Trust Deed are held separately from those of the Bank.

47.4 (a) Actuarial Assumptions – Demographic

Type of Assumption Criteria Description
Demographic Mortality - in service A 67/70 Mortality table issued by the Institute of Actuaries, London
After retirement A (90) Annuities table (Males & Females) issued by the Institute of Actuaries, London
Staff Turnover The withdrawal rate at an age represents the probability of an active employee leaving within one year of that age due to reasons other than death, ill health and normal retirement. The same withdrawal rates which were used in the last valuation (as at December 31,2013) to determine the liability on account of the active employees in the funded scheme, were used in the actuarial valuation carried out as at December 31, 2014.
Disability Assumptions similar to those used in other comparable schemes for disability were used as the data required to do a "scheme specific" study was not available.
Normal retirement age 55 or 60 years as indicated in the data file of active employees.
Financial Rate of discount In the absence of a deep market in long term bonds in Sri Lanka, a long term interest rate of 9.50% p.a. (2013 - 10% p.a.) has been used to discount future liabilities considering anticipated long term rate of inflation.
Salary increases A salary increment of 9% p.a. (2013 - 9% p.a.) has been used in respect of the active employees.
Post retirement pension increase rate There is no agreed rate of increase even though the pension payments are subject to periodic increases, and increases are granted solely at the discretion of the Bank. Therefore, no specific rate was assumed for this valuation.

47.4 (b) Movement in the Present Value of Defined Benefit Obligation – Bank

2014
Rs.'000
2013
Rs.'000
Balance as at January 01, 124,678 112,014
Interest cost 12,468 12,321
Current service cost 2,575 2,102
Benefits paid during the year (10,003) (8,119)
Actuarial loss 10,593 6,360
Balance as at December 31, 140,311 124,678

47.4. (c) Movement in the Fair Value of Plan Assets

2014
Rs.'000
2013
Rs.'000
Fair value as at January 01, 117,900 94,899
Expected return on plan assets 11,790 10,439
Contribution paid into plan 1,296 1,411
Benefits paid by the plan (10,003) (8,119)
Actuarial gain on plan assets 4,725 19,270
Fair value as at December 31, 125,708 117,900

 


2014
Rs.'000
2013
Rs.'000

47.4 (d) Liability Recognised in the Statement of Financial Position

Present value of defined benefit obligations as at January 01, 140,311 124,678
Fair value of plan assets (125,708) (117,900)
Unrecognised actuarial gains/(losses)
Net liability recognised under other liabilities 14,603 6,778

47.4 (e) Plan Assets Consist of the following

2014
Rs.'000
2013
Rs.'000
Government treasury bills 1,171 42,512
Deposits held with the Bank 124,537 75,388
Total 125,708 117,900

48. Due to Subsidiaries

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Local subsidiaries
Commercial Development Company PLC 12,079 8,934
ONEzero Company Ltd. 7,210 6,752
Indra Finance Ltd.
Sub total 19,289 15,686
Foreign subsidiaries
Commex Sri Lanka S.R.L. - Italy
Sub total
Total 19,289 15,686

The maturity analysis of Due to Subsidiaries is given in Note 58.

49. Subordinated Liabilities

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 10,797,660 973,210 10,797,660 973,210
Subordinated liabilities assumed on business combination 215,000
Amount borrowed during the year 9,468,750 9,468,750
Repayments/redemptions during the year (550) (550)
Sub total 11,012,660 10,441,410 10,797,660 10,441,410
Exchange rate variance 86,250 356,250 86,250 356,250
Balance as at December 31, (before adjusting for amortised interest and transaction cost) [Refer Note 49.1] 11,098,910 10,797,660 10,883,910 10,797,660
Unamortised transaction cost (100,225) (112,435) (100,225) (112,435)
Net effect of amortised interest payable 263,888 259,187 261,090 259,187
Adjusted balance as at December 31, 11,262,573 10,944,412 11,044,775 10,944,412

Outstanding subordinated liabilities of the Bank as at December 31, 2014 consisted of 972,660 (2013 - 972,660) unsecured subordinated redeemable debentures of Rs. 1,000/- each and a subordinated loan of US$ 75.0 Mn. (2013 - US$ 75.0 Mn.) from International Finance Corporation (IFC).

49.1 Categories of Subordinated Liabilities

Categories Colombo
Stock
Exchange
Listing
Interest
Payable
Frequency
Allotment
Date
Maturity
Date
Effective Annual Yield GROUP BANK
2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Fixed Rate Debentures
2006/2016 - 13.25% p.a. Not listed Annually 16.05.2006 16.05.2016 13.25% 13.25% 505,000 505,000 505,000 505,000
2006/2016 - 14.00% p.a. Listed Annually 18.12.2006 18.12.2016 14.00% 14.00% 467,260 467,260 467,260 467,260
Floating Rate Debentures
2006/2016 - 12 months
TB rate (Gross) +
1% p.a.(*)
Listed Annually 18.12.2006 18.12.2016 10.21% 13.99% 400 400 400 400
Floating Rate Subordinated Loans
IFC Borrowings - LIBOR +
5.75%
Biannually 13.03.2013 14.03.2023 LIBOR + 6.16% LIBOR + 6.21% 9,911,250 9,825,000 9,911,250 9,825,000
Subsidiaries
Fixed Rate Debentures
2011/2016 - 14.15% p.a. Not listed Monthly 25.08.2011 25.08.2016 15.10% 10,000
2011/2016 - 14.15% p.a. Not listed Monthly 25.08.2011 25.08.2016 15.10% 5,000
2012/2015 - 18.65% p.a. Not listed Quarterly 01.12.2012 01.12.2015 20.00% 200,000
Total 11,098,910 10,797,660 10,883,910 10,797,660

(*) The 12 Months TB rate (Gross) - Twelve months Treasury Bill rate mentioned above is before deducting 10% Withholding Tax as published by the Central Bank of Sri Lanka immediately prior to the commencement of each interest period.

49.2 Subordinated Liabilities by Maturity

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Payable within one year 200,000
Payable after one year 10,898,910 10,797,660 10,883,910 10,797,660
Total 11,098,910 10,797,660 10,883,910 10,797,660

In the event of the winding-up of the issuer, the above liabilities would be subordinated to the claims of depositors and all other creditors of the issuer. The Bank has not had any defaults of principal, interest or other breaches with respect to its subordinated liabilities during the year ended December 31, 2014.

The maturity analysis of Subordinated Liabilities is given in Note 58.

50. Stated Capital

GROUP BANK
2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 19,586,813 18,008,796 19,586,813 18,008,796
Issue of ordinary voting shares under the Employee Share Option Plan 340,763 76,074 340,763 76,074
Issue of ordinary shares as part of the final dividend satisfied in the
form of issue and allotment of new shares
1,529,925 1,501,943 1,529,925 1,501,943
Ordinary voting shares 1,431,747 1,405,690 1,431,747 1,405,690
Ordinary non-voting shares 98,178 96,253 98,178 96,253
Balance as at December 31, 21,457,501 19,586,813 21,457,501 19,586,813

50.1 Movement in Number of Shares

No. of Ordinary Voting Shares No. of Ordinary Non-Voting Shares
2014 2013 2014 2013
Balance as at January 01, 794,535,819 780,014,232 54,543,222 53,473,748
Issue of ordinary voting shares under the Employee Share Option Plan 3,237,566 1,445,398
Issue of ordinary shares as part of the final dividend satisfied in the form of
issue and allotment of new shares
12,504,344 13,076,189 1,036,724 1,069,474
Balance as at December 31, 810,277,729 794,535,819 55,579,946 54,543,222

The ordinary shares of Commercial Bank of Ceylon PLC are quoted in the Colombo Stock Exchange. The Non-Voting Ordinary Shares of the Bank, rank pari passu in respect of all rights with the Ordinary Voting Shares of the Bank except voting rights on resolutions passed at general meetings.

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at General Meetings of the Bank.

The Bank has offered an Employee Share Option Plan. Please see Note 50.2 below for details.

50.2 Employee Share Option Plan - 2008

The Bank obtained the approval of the shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting held on April 16, 2008, to introduce an Employee Share Option Plan for the benefit of all the Executive Officers in Grade III and above by creating up to 3% of the ordinary voting shares at the rate of 1% shares each year over a period of three to five years, upon the Bank achieving specified performance targets.

Option price is determined on the basis of the weighted average market price of Bank’s voting shares, during the period of ten market days immediately prior to each option offer date.

Number of options offered under each tranche is based on the overall performance of the Bank and the individual performance of the eligible employees in the preceding year. In the event of a rights issue of shares, capitalisation of reserves, stock splits or stock dividends by the Bank during the vesting period, the number of options offered and the price are suitably adjusted as per the applicable rules of ESOP - 2008 which have been drafted in line with the accepted market practices.

1/3 of the options offered under each tranche is vested to eligible employees after one year from the date of offer, second 1/3 of the options after two years from the date of offer and final 1/3 after three years from the date of offer as detailed below:

Tranche I Total
Date granted April 30, 2008 April 30, 2008 April 30, 2008
Price (Rs.) - (*) 46.91 46.91 46.91
1/3 of Options 1/3 of Options 1/3 of Options
Exercisable between April 30, 2009 to April 29, 2013 April 30, 2010 to April 29, 2014 April 30, 2011 to April 29, 2015
Original number of options 777,308 777,308 777,308 2,331,924
Additions consequent to share splits and rights issues 692,095 789,320 1,056,943 2,538,358
Number of options cancelled before vesting (52,943) (52,943) (52,943) (158,829)
Number of options vested 1,416,460 1,513,685 1,781,308 4,711,453
Number of options exercised up to December 31, 2014 (1,416,460) (1,513,685) (1,560,352) (4,490,497)
Number of options to be exercised as at December 31, 2014 220,956 220,956

(*) Adjusted on account of the dividends declared in the form of issue and allotment of new shares, rights issue of shares and sub-division of shares.

Tranche II Total
Date granted April 30, 2011 April 30, 2011 April 30, 2011
Price (Rs.) 132.23 132.23 132.23
1/3 of Options 1/3 of Options 1/3 of Options
Exercisable between April 30, 2012 to April 29, 2016 April 30, 2013 to April 29, 2017 April 30, 2014 to April 29, 2018
Original number of options 1,213,384 1,213,384 1,213,384 3,640,152
Additions consequent to share splits and rights issues 1,213,384 1,213,384 1,213,384 3,640,152
Number of options cancelled before vesting (45,896) (41,307) (95,236) (182,439)
Number of options vested 2,380,872 2,385,461 2,331,532 7,097,865
Number of options exercised up to December 31, 2014 (420,445) (253,578) (126,038) (800,061)
Number of options to be exercised as at December 31, 2014 1,960,427 2,131,883 2,205,494 6,297,804

 

Tranche III Total
Date granted April 30, 2012 April 30, 2012 April 30, 2012
Price (Rs.) 104.63 104.63 104.63
1/3 of Options 1/3 of Options 1/3 of Options
Exercisable between April 30, 2013 to April 29, 2017 April 30, 2014 to April 29, 2018 April 30, 2015 to April 29, 2019
Original number of options 2,596,622 2,596,622 2,596,600 7,789,844
Number of options cancelled before vesting (49,704) (79,961) (129,665)
Number of options vested 2,596,622 2,546,918 2,516,639 7,660,179
Number of options exercised up to December 31, 2014 (1,225,627) (718,575) (266,905) (2,211,107)
Number of options to be exercised as at December 31, 2014 1,370,995 1,828,343 2,249,734 5,449,072

51. Statutory Reserves

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Statutory reserve fund [Refer Note 51.1] 4,327,103 3,768,094 4,327,103 3,768,094
Primary dealer special risk reserve [Refer Note 51.2] 266,520 266,520
Sub total 4,327,103 4,034,614 4,327,103 4,034,614

51.1 Statutory Reserve Fund

GROUP BANK
2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 3,768,094 3,245,818 3,768,094 3,245,818
Transfers during the year 559,009 522,276 559,009 522,276
Balance as at December 31, 4,327,103 3,768,094 4,327,103 3,768,094

The statutory reserve fund is maintained as per the requirements under section 20 (1) of the Banking Act No. 30 of 1988. Accordingly, the fund is built up by allocating a sum equivalent to not less than 5% of the profit after tax, but before declaring any dividend or any profits that are transferred elsewhere until the balance in the reserve fund is equal to 50% of the Bank's stated capital and thereafter a further sum equivalent to 2% of such profit until the amount in the reserve fund is equal to the stated capital of the Bank.

The balance in the Statutory Reserve Fund will be used only for the purposes specified in the Section 20 (2) of the Banking Act No. 30 of 1988.

51.2 Primary Dealer Special Risk Reserve

GROUP BANK
2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 266,520 187,577 266,520 187,577
Transfers during the year 78,943 78,943
Transferred to general reserve [Refer Note 53.2] (266,520) (266,520)
Balance as at December 31, 266,520 266,520

As per the Direction issued by the Public Debt - Department of the Central Bank of Sri Lanka on April 18, 2005, with effect from July 01, 2005 Primary Dealers who maintain a capital above Rs. 300 Mn. were required to transfer 25% of post-tax profits of the Primary Dealer Unit to a special risk reserve annually. The Bank duly complied with the above requirement up to December 31, 2013.

During 2014, the Bank received a confirmation from the Public Debt - Department of the Central Bank of Sri Lanka on the cessation of maintaining a Special Risk Reserve as the Bank is functioning as a primary dealer. Hence, the Bank transferred the balances that were built up in the above reserve to the General Reserve.

52. Retained Earnings

GROUP BANK
2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 4,359,632 4,172,814 4,233,364 4,178,080
Total Comprehensive Income 11,184,470 10,541,957 11,119,514 10,424,843
Profit for the year 11,238,892 10,563,378 11,180,181 10,445,511
Other comprehensive income, net of tax (54,422) (21,421) (60,667) (20,668)
Dividends paid (5,547,136) (5,444,752) (5,547,136) (5,444,752)
Deferred tax effect on pre-acquisition reserves (14,547)
Re-classification of retained earnings to/from available for sale reserve (31,099) 28,967
Transfers to other reserves (5,547,455) (4,924,807) (5,547,455) (4,924,807)
Balance as at December 31, 4,418,412 4,359,632 4,258,287 4,233,364

53. Other Reserves

GROUP BANK
Balance as at
January 01,
Movement/
Transfers
Balance as at
December 31,
Balance as at
January 01,
Movement/
Transfers
Balance as at
December 31,
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000

53 (a) Current Year – 2014

Revaluation reserve [Refer Note 53.1] 4,615,947 1,631,013 6,246,960 4,222,054 1,500,805 5,722,859
General reserve [Refer Note 53.2] 22,380,819 10,093,659 32,474,478 22,380,819 10,093,659 32,474,478
Available-for-sale reserve [Refer Note 53.3] 2,023,468 712,101 2,735,569 2,054,567 681,011 2,735,578
Foreign currency translation reserve
[Refer Note 53.4]
(393,758) (60,430) (454,188) (406,925) (57,151) (464,076)
Investment fund reserve [Refer Note 53.5] 4,838,693 (4,838,693) 4,838,693 (4,838,693)
Total 33,465,169 7,537,650 41,002,819 33,089,208 7,379,631 40,468,839

53 (b) Previous Year – 2013

GROUP BANK
Balance as at
January 01,
Movement/
Transfers
Balance as at
December 31,
Balance as at
January 01,
Movement/
Transfers
Balance as at
December 31,
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Revaluation reserve [Refer Note 53.1] 4,737,125 (121,178) 4,615,947 4,343,232 (121,178) 4,222,054
General reserve [Refer Note 53.2] 20,048,989 2,331,830 22,380,819 20,048,989 2,331,830 22,380,819
Available-for-sale reserve [Refer Note 53.3] 475,467 1,548,001 2,023,468 475,467 1,579,100 2,054,567
Foreign currency translation reserve
[Refer Note 53.4]
(755,101) 361,343 (393,758) (757,894) 350,969 (406,925)
Investment fund reserve [Refer Note 53.5] 2,846,935 1,991,758 4,838,693 2,846,935 1,991,758 4,838,693
Total 27,353,415 6,111,754 33,465,169 26,956,729 6,132,479 33,089,208

53.1 Revaluation Reserve

GROUP BANK
2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 4,615,947 4,737,125 4,222,054 4,343,232
Surplus on revaluation of freehold land and buildings 1,802,333 1,621,489
Deferred tax effect on revaluation surplus on freehold buildings (171,320) (121,178) (120,684) (121,178)
Balance as at December 31, 6,246,960 4,615,947 5,722,859 4,222,054

The revaluation reserve relates to revaluation of freehold land and buildings and represents the fair value changes of the land and buildings as at the date of revaluation.

The Bank carried out a revaluation of all its freehold lands and buildings as at December 31, 2014 and recognised Rs. 1,621.489 Mn. as revaluation surplus.

53.2 General Reserve

GROUP BANK
2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 22,380,819 20,048,989 22,380,819 20,048,989
Transfer of primary dealer special risk reserve [Refer Note 51.2] 266,520 266,520
Transfer of investment fund account [Refer Note 53.5] 5,227,139 5,227,139
Transfers during the year 4,600,000 2,331,830 4,600,000 2,331,830
Balance as at December 31, 32,474,478 22,380,819 32,474,478 22,380,819

The Bank transfers the surplus profit, after payment of interim dividend and after retaining sufficient profits to pay final dividends proposed, from the retained earnings account to the General Reserve account. The purpose of setting up the General Reserve is to meet potential future unknown liabilities.

53.3 Available-for-Sale Reserve

GROUP BANK
2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 2,023,468 475,467 2,054,567 475,467
Net fair value gains/(losses) on re-measuring financial investments available-for-sale 681,002 1,576,968 681,011 1,579,100
Re-classification of retained earnings to/from available for sale reserve 31,099 (28,967)
Balance as at December 31, 2,735,569 2,023,468 2,735,578 2,054,567

The available-for-sale reserve comprises the cumulative net change in fair value of financial investment available-for-sale, until such investments are derecognised or impaired.

53.4 Foreign Currency Translation Reserve

GROUP BANK
2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, (393,758) (755,101) (406,925) (757,894)
Net gains/(losses) arising from translating the Financial Statements
of the foreign operation
(60,430) 361,343 (57,151) 350,969
Balance as at December 31, (454,188) (393,758) (464,076) (406,925)

The foreign currency translation reserve comprises of all foreign currency differences arising from the translation of the Financial Statements of foreign operations.

As at the Reporting date, the assets and liabilities of the Bank’s Bangladesh Operation and Commex - Sri Lanka S.R.L Italy, a subsidiary of the Bank were translated in to the presentation currency (Sri Lankan Rupee) at the exchange rate ruling at the date of the Statement of Financial Position and the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income was translated at the average exchange rate for the period. The exchange differences arising on the translation of these Financial Statements are taken directly to foreign currency translation reserve which is classified as a part of equity.

53.5 Investment Fund Reserve

GROUP BANK
2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 4,838,693 2,846,935 4,838,693 2,846,935
Transfers during the year 388,446 1,991,758 388,446 1,991,758
Transfers to general reserve [Refer Note 53.2] (5,227,139) (5,227,139)
Balance as at December 31, 4,838,693 4,838,693

Banks were required to transfer 8% of the profits calculated for the payment of Value Added Tax (VAT) on financial services and 5% of the profits before tax calculated for the payment of income tax to a fund identified as ‘Investment Fund Account’ (IFA) for a period of three years as per a proposal made in the Government Budget 2011. Since the above-mentioned three-year period has lapsed the Bank transferred the balance in the above reserve fund to the general reserve during 2014.

54. Non-Controlling Interest

Commercial Development Company PLC
2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Balance as at January 01, 38,778 32,141
Profit for the year 3,901 10,079
Other comprehensive income, net of tax 7,501 12
Dividends paid for the year (2,616) (2,616)
Deferred tax effect on pre-acquisition reserves (838)
Balance as at December 31, 47,564 38,778

55. Contingent Liabilities and Commitments

In the normal course of business, the Bank makes various irrevocable commitments and incurs certain contingent liabilities with legal recourse to its customers. Even though these obligations may not be recognised on the date of the Statement of Financial Position, they do contain credit risk and are therefore form part of the overall risk profile of the Bank.

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Contingencies 244,635,833 223,122,029 244,635,833 223,122,029
Guarantees 31,068,055 26,393,171 31,068,055 26,393,171
Performance Bonds 12,038,017 8,975,403 12,038,017 8,975,403
Documentary Credits 25,286,563 20,795,460 25,286,563 20,795,460
Other contingencies [Refer Note 55.1] 176,243,198 166,957,995 176,243,198 166,957,995
Commitments 107,817,619 72,329,926 107,817,619 72,329,926
Undrawn commitments [Refer Note 55.2] 106,560,178 71,240,051 106,560,178 71,240,051
Capital commitments [Refer Note 55.3] 1,257,441 1,089,875 1,257,441 1,089,875
Total 352,453,452 295,451,955 352,453,452 295,451,955

55.1 Other Contingencies

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Forward exchange contracts: 32,246,624 84,411,886 32,246,624 84,411,886
Forward exchange sales 12,240,936 32,057,314 12,240,936 32,057,314
Forward exchange purchases 20,005,688 52,354,572 20,005,688 52,354,572
Interest Rate Swap agreements/Currency Options: 97,645,723 50,592,865 97,645,723 50,592,865
Interest Rate Swaps
Currency Options 97,645,723 50,592,865 97,645,723 50,592,865
Others: 46,350,851 31,953,244 46,350,851 31,953,244
Acceptances 20,880,240 17,682,089 20,880,240 17,682,089
Bills Sent for Collection 24,899,607 14,012,211 24,899,607 14,012,211
Stock of Travelers’ Cheques 476,369 258,944 476,369 258,944
Bullion on Consignment 94,635 94,635
Sub total 176,243,198 166,957,995 176,243,198 166,957,995

55.2 Undrawn Commitments

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
On direct advances 72,366,848 54,249,566 72,366,848 54,249,566
On indirect advances 34,193,330 16,990,485 34,193,330 16,990,485
Sub total 106,560,178 71,240,051 106,560,178 71,240,051

55.3 Capital Commitments

The Group has commitments for acquisition of Property, Plant & Equipment and intangible assets incidental to the ordinary course of business which have been approved by the Board of Directors, the details of which are as follows:

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Commitments in relation to property, plant & equipment 1,226,843 1,021,392 1,226,843 1,021,392
Approved and contracted for 344,026 496,260 344,026 496,260
Approved but not contracted for 882,817 525,132 882,817 525,132
Commitments in relation to intangible assets 30,598 68,483 30,598 68,483
Approved and contracted for 30,598 68,483 30,598 68,483
Approved but not contracted for
Sub total 1,257,441 1,089,875 1,257,441 1,089,875

55.4 Commitments of Subsidiaries and Associates

55.4 (a) Contingencies of Subsidiaries

The Subsidiaries of the Group do not have any contingencies as at the Reporting date.

55.4 (b) Contingencies of Associates

The Associates of the Group do not have any contingencies as at the Reporting date.

56. Net Assets Value Per Ordinary Share

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Amounts used as the Numerator:
Total equity attributable to equity holders of the Bank (Rs. ’000) 71,205,835 61,446,228 70,511,730 60,943,999
Number of Ordinary Shares used as the Denominator:
Total number of shares 865,857,675 849,079,041 865,857,675 849,079,041
Net Assets Value per share (Rs.) 82.24 72.37 81.44 71.78

57. Litigation Against the Bank

Litigation is a common occurrence in the banking industry due to the nature of the business. The Bank has an established protocol for dealing with such legal claims. Pending legal claims where the Bank had already made provisions for possible losses in its Financial Statements or has a realisable security to cover the damages are not included below as the Bank does not expect cash outflows from such claims. However, further adjustments are made to Financial Statements if necessary on the adverse effects of legal claims based on the professional advice obtained on the certainty of the outcome and also based on a reasonable estimate.


Set out below are unresolved legal claims against the Bank as at December 31, 2014 for which, adjustments to the Financial Statements have not been made due to the uncertainty of its outcome.

  1. Court action has been initiated by a third party in District Court, Colombo proceeding number 0122/2009/DLM to claim the title of a property which has been mortgaged to the Bank by the present owner who is our customer, for several facilities granted. The value of action is Rs. 85.000 Mn. Court granted permission to proceed and thereafter the plaint was amended by the plaintiff. The plaintiff gave evidence in two trial sessions in 2014. Submissions of other parties are due on March 4, 2015 and trial is fixed accordingly.
  2. Court action has been initiated by a customer in High Court Civil Case number 236/2011/MR challenging the Bank for transferring a vehicle in the name of a relation of the customer, upon settlement of a lease facility obtained from the Bank. The Bank has executed the transfer on the strength of a letter issued by the plaintiff who is now challenging the letter. The value of the action is Rs. 3.500 Mn. Next trial is fixed for June 18, 2015.
  3. Court action has been initiated by a customer in proceeding number 25831/MR to claim a sum of Rs. 2.880 Mn including the interest of an overdraft facility. The judgment was entered against the Bank in the District Court for Rs. 1.874 Mn. The Bank has appealed (Appeal No. 133/2010) to the Supreme Court. Argument fixed for May 06, 2015.
  4. Court action has been initiated by the plaintiff in the Commercial High Court of the Western Province case number 571/2008/MR to prevent the Bank from exercising the right of lien and set off a deposit of the plaintiff amounting to US$ 15.000 Mn. against a claim made by the Bank in terms of a hedging agreement. Commercial High Court issued the judgment in favour of the Bank and dismissed plaintiff’s application for an interim injunction. Presently the case is at the Trial stage. Next trial date fixed for June 25, 2015.
  5. Court action has been initiated by a third party in Colombo High Court proceedings number 112/2005 (1) to claim Rs. 5.584 Mn. plus Rs. 10.000 Mn. as damages for disposing of the shares owned by her which were held under lien to the Bank. Plaintiff alleges that the transaction has taken place without obtaining her consent. Judgment was delivered in favour of the Plaintiff. Bank has appealed to the Supreme Court (Appeal No. 09/2010) against the judgment delivered. The plaintiff has filed an application for the issue of Writ Pending Appeal. Bank had agreed to issue a guarantee for Rs. 5.000 Mn. in favour of the plaintiff, to be claimed only on the final determination of the appeal by the Supreme Court.
  6. Court action has been initiated by a customer in Colombo High Court Case number 36/96 (1) to claim a sum of Rs. 183.050 Mn. on account of a forward exchange contract. Judgment was delivered in favour of the Bank dismissing the plaintiff’s action, but the plaintiff has appealed against the judgment in the Supreme Court (Appeal No. 38/2006). The appeal is fixed for argument on March 18, 2015.
  7. Court action has been initiated by a customer for Rs. 14.000 Mn. in District Court, Colombo proceeding number DMR 3/2014 to recover a sum of Rs. 13.063 Mn. including interest on cheques paid with a fraudulent signature. Trial fixed for April 27, 2015.
  8. Court action has been initiated by a customer in proceedings number 52/10 to claim a sum of BDT 35.328 Mn. (approx. Rs. 59.514 Mn.) from the Bank for illegal withdrawal of money from their account by issuing cheques with forged signatures. The Bank refuses the claim of the customer as the Bank is of the view that it had acted in good faith, without negligence and also that the Bank is not responsible for any losses incurred due to inadequacy of the security of cheque books issued to the customer. Next date of the case is fixed for May 4, 2015.

58. Maturity Analysis

(a) Group

(i) Remaining contractual period to maturity as at the date of Statement of Financial Position of the assets employed by the Group is detailed below:

Up to 3
Months
3 to 12
Months
1 to 3
Years
3 to 5
Years
More than
5 Years
Total as at
31.12.2014
Total as at
31.12.2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Interest earning assets:
Financial Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 3,601,722 3,601,722 135,564
Balances with Central Banks 142,927 24,569 167,496 807
Placements with banks 13,450,661 1,057,200 14,507,861 4,131,814
Other financial instruments
held-for-trading
5,958,902 5,958,902 6,044,652
Loans and receivables to
other customers
206,471,775 92,420,724 114,995,160 57,546,738 26,731,022 498,165,419 410,935,979
Financial investments -
Available-for-sale
14,825,840 43,160,275 30,542,371 72,261,471 52,591,431 213,381,388 131,707,597
Total interest earning assets
as at 31.12.2014
244,451,827 136,662,768 145,537,531 129,808,209 79,322,453 735,782,788
Total interest earning assets
as at 31.12.2013
222,769,321 128,182,669 124,440,085 53,925,344 23,638,995 552,956,413
Non-interest earning assets:
Financial Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 17,020,056 17,020,056 14,127,969
Balances with Central Banks 13,455,116 4,963,785 428,783 276,983 341,583 19,466,250 18,431,129
Derivative financial instruments 193,541 265,472 497 459,510 837,694
Other financial instruments
held-for-trading
367,734 367,734 334,406
Loans and receivables to banks 551,066 551,066 546,270
Financial investments -
Available-for-sale
613,440 15,864 214,325 843,629 48,928
Non-Financial Assets
Investments in associates 106,287 106,287 94,173
Property, plant & equipment 11,134,861 11,134,861 9,175,225
Intangible assets 856,230 856,230 477,728
Leasehold property 108,872 108,872 110,324
Other assets 6,567,455 206,471 481,335 987,110 2,318,059 10,560,430 9,424,248
Total non-interest earning assets
as at 31.12.2014
38,217,342 5,435,728 1,461,681 1,279,957 15,080,217 61,474,925
Total non-interest earning assets
as at 31.12.2013
32,736,057 5,886,851 1,337,899 730,707 12,916,580 53,608,094
Total assets -
as at 31.12.2014
282,669,167 142,098,496 146,999,212 131,088,166 94,402,670 797,257,713
Total assets -
as at 31.12.2013
255,505,378 134,069,520 125,777,984 54,656,051 36,555,575 606,564,507
Percentage -
as at 31.12.2014(*)
35.46 17.82 18.44 16.44 11.84 100.00
Percentage -
as at 31.12.2013(*)
42.12 22.10 20.74 9.01 6.03 100.00

(*) Total percentage of each maturity bucket out of total assets employed by the Group.

(ii) Remaining contractual period to maturity as at the date of Statement of Financial Position of the liabilities and shareholders’ funds employed by the Group is detailed below:

Up to 3
Months
3 to 12
Months
1 to 3
Years
3 to 5
Years
More than
5 Years
Total as at
31.12.2014
Total as at
31.12.2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Financial Liabilities
Due to banks 2,595,675 4,893,632 20,097 7,509,404 12,195,006
Due to other customers/Deposits from
customers
322,082,257 134,418,721 12,675,981 6,566,010 8,602,013 484,344,982 415,328,039
Other borrowings 84,265,796 41,433,870 6,907,267 2,244,110 1,176,582 136,027,625 53,997,503
Subordinated liabilities 132,371 331,323 987,855 9,811,024 11,262,573 10,944,412
Total interest-bearing liabilities
as at 31.12.2014
409,076,099 181,077,546 20,591,200 8,810,120 19,589,619 639,144,584
Total interest-bearing liabilities
as at 31.12.2013
304,889,324 141,552,936 14,342,812 11,467,136 20,222,752 492,464,960
Non-interest-bearing liabilities:
Financial Liabilities
Due to banks 18,159,621 18,159,621 1,999,213
Derivative financial instruments 733,669 459,470 1,193,139 1,411,916
Due to other customers/Deposits
from customers
44,921,666 44,921,606 35,770,907
Non-Financial Liabilities
Current tax liabilities 1,054,008 974,709 8,671 2,037,388 1,780,867
Deferred tax liabilities 241,710 229,570 722,301 1,209,746 472,872 2,876,199 1,763,414
Other provisions 1,874 1,874 2,409
Other liabilities 9,276,201 4,504,379 2,381,158 558,205 949,960 17,669,903 9,885,815
Equity
Stated capital 21,457,501 21,457,501 19,586,813
Statutory reserves 4,327,103 4,327,103 4,034,614
Retained earnings 4,418,412 4,418,412 4,359,632
Other reserves 41,002,819 41,002,819 33,465,169
Non-controlling interest 47,564 47,564 38,778
Total non-interest bearing liabilities
as at 31.12.2014
74,388,689 6,168,127 3,112,130 1,767,951 72,676,231 158,113,129
Total non-interest-bearing liabilities
as at 31.12.2013
46,840,608 2,180,945 1,639,486 765,427 62,673,081 114,099,547
Total liabilities and equity -
as at 31.12.2014
483,464,789 187,245,674 23,703,330 10,578,071 92,265,850 797,257,713
Total liabilities and equity -
as at 31.12.2013
351,729,932 143,723,881 15,982,298 12,232,563 82,895,833 606,564,507
Percentage -
as at 31.12.2014(*)
60.64 23.49 2.97 1.33 11.57 100.00
Percentage -
as at 31.12.2013(*)
57.99 23.69 2.63 2.02 13.67 100.00

(*) Total percentage of each maturity bucket out of total liabilities and shareholders’ funds employed by the Group.

(b) Bank

Maturity analysis of the asset and liabilities of the Bank is given in Note 65 on ‘Financial Risk Review’.

59. Operating Segments

The Group has the following strategic business divisions which are reportable segments. These divisions offer different products and services and are managed separately based on the Group’s management and internal reporting structure.

The following table presents the income, profit and asset and liability information on the group’s strategic business divisions for the year ended December 31, 2014 and comparative figures for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Retail Banking Corporate Banking International Operations Investment Banking Dealing/Treasury Total/Consolidated
For the year ended
December 31,
2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
External Operating
income:
Net interest
income
21,439,625 20,197,758 4,853,574 4,820,251 1,678,943 1,452,620 301,842 231,542 (954,160) (803,228) 27,319,824 25,898,943
Foreign exchange
profit
186,537 319,911 169,464 145,046 452,274 455,442 672,898 1,075,217 1,481,173 1,995,616
Net fees and
commission
income
2,897,758 2,490,385 1,423,382 1,281,801 522,241 471,843 5,981 8,829 4,849,362 4,252,858
Other income 2,180,092 1,835,798 217,483 233,536 88,717 72,619 152,487 830,318 2,523,845 759,659 5,162,624 3,731,930
Eliminations/
unallocated
347,575 342,730
Total operating income 26,704,012 24,843,852 6,663,903 6,480,634 2,742,175 2,452,524 454,329 1,061,860 2,248,564 1,040,477 39,160,558 36,222,077
Credit loss
expenses
(3,447,804) (4,048,513) (1,111,385) (1,093,363) (339,060) (35,143) (4,898,249) (5,177,019)
Net operating
income
23,256,208 20,795,339 5,552,518 5,387,271 2,403,115 2,417,381 454,329 1,061,860 2,248,564 1,040,477 34,262,309 31,045,058
Segment result 11,372,329 10,073,230 5,829,292 5,606,741 2,457,544 1,911,800 398,534 948,090 920,663 495,852 20,978,362 19,035,713
Unallocated operating expenses (5,125,008) (4,350,080)
Profit from operations 15,853,354 14,685,633
Share of profit of associates, net of tax 6,563 5,285
Income tax expense (4,617,124) (4,117,461)
Non-controlling interest (3,901) (10,079)
Net profit for the year, attributable to Equity holders of the parent 11,238,892 10,563,378

Retail Banking Corporate Banking International Operations Investment Banking Dealing/Treasury Total/Consolidated
As at
December 31,
2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Other information
Segment assets 211,546,670 181,619,318 182,635,036 152,747,967 51,555,583 46,175,311 10,184,101 4,902,005 311,035,860 192,541,792 766,957,250 577,986,393
Investment in
associates
106,287 94,173 106,287 94,173
Unallocated
Assets
30,194,176 28,483,941
Total assets 211,546,670 181,619,318 182,635,036 152,747,967 51,555,583 46,175,311 10,290,388 4,996,178 311,035,860 192,541,792 797,257,713 606,564,507
Segment liabilities 254,588,314 219,338,258 102,815,075 87,885,244 42,361,090 36,258,425 10,290,388 4,996,178 311,035,860 192,541,792 721,090,727 541,019,897
Unallocated
liabilities
4,913,587 4,059,604
Total liabilities 254,588,314 219,338,258 102,815,075 87,885,244 42,361,090 36,258,425 10,290,388 4,996,178 311,035,860 192,541,792 726,004,314 545,079,501
Information on
cash flows
Cash flows
from operating
activities
111,174,633 66,345,141 (6,853,886) (10,528,327) 2,459,720 1,421,827 887,815 (623,719) (88,902,894) (65,138,079) 18,765,388 (8,523,157)
Cash flows
from investing
activities
(6,795,464) (1,025,995) (6,795,464) (1,025,995)
Cash flows
from financing
activities
(618,493) 9,108,100 (130,697) (132,645) (749,190) 8,975,455
Capital expenditure
Property, plant & equipment (1,038,931) (925,721)
Intangible assets (144,494) (119,903)
Eliminations/unallocated (3,679,064) (3,869,351)
Net cash flow generated during the year 6,358,245 (5,488,672)

60. Related Party Disclosures

The Bank carried out transactions in the ordinary course of business on an arm’s length basis at commercial rates with parties who are defined as Related Parties as per the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard – LKAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’, except for the transactions that the Key Management Personnel (KMPs) have availed under schemes uniformly applicable to all staff at concessionary rates.

60.1 Parent and Ultimate Controlling Party

The Bank does not have an identifiable parent of its own.

60.2 Transactions with Key Management Personnel (KMPs)

Key Management Personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the entity directly or indirectly.

KMPs of the Bank

The Board of Directors (including executive and non-executive) of the Bank has been classified as KMPs of the Bank.

KMPs of the Group

As the Bank is the ultimate parent of the Subsidiaries listed out on page 408, the Board of Directors of the Bank has the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group directly or indirectly. Accordingly, the Board of Directors of the Bank (Including executive and non-executive) is also KMPs of the Group. Therefore, officers who are only Directors of the subsidiaries and not of the Bank have been classified as KMPs of that respective subsidiary only.

For the year ended December 31, 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
60.2.1.1 Compensation of KMPs – Bank
Short term employment benefits 110,065 96,115
Post-employment benefits 7,010 5,463
Total 117,075 101,578
60.2.1.2 Compensation of KMPs – Group
Short term employment benefits 110,505 96,437
Post-employment benefits 7,010 5,463
Total 117,515 101,900

In addition to the above, the Bank/Group provide non-cash benefits to the KMPs.

60.2.2 Transactions, Arrangements and Agreements Involving KMPs, and their CFMs

CFMs of a KMP are those family members who may be expected to influence, or be influenced by, that KMP in their dealings with the entity. They may include KMPs domestic partner and children, children of the KMPs domestic partner and dependents of the KMP or the KMPs domestic partner.

60.2.2.1 Statement of Financial Position – Bank
Year-end Balance Average Balance
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Assets
Loans and advances 7,750 3,135 4,622 4,348
Credit cards 2 8 249 296
Total 7,752 3,143 4,871 4,644
Liabilities
Deposits 52,134 70,653 63,999 64,168
Securities sold under re-purchase agreements 27,630 17,174 25,610 18,307
Total 79,764 87,827 89,609 82,475
60.2.2.2 Commitments and Contingencies – Bank
Undrawn facilities 10,089 4,564 6,086 5,643
Total 10,089 4,564 6,086 5,643
60.2.2.3 Direct and Indirect Accommodation – Bank
Direct and indirect accommodation as a percentage of the Bank’s Regulatory Capital 0.02% 0.01%

No impairment losses have been recorded against balances outstanding with KMPs and CFMs.

60.2.2.4 Income Statement
For the Year Ended December 31, 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Interest income 291 424
Interest expenses 6,553 8,490
Other income 80 69
Compensation to KMPs [Refer Notes 60.2.1.1 and 60.2.1.2] 117,075 101,578
60.2.2.5 Share-Based Benefits to KMPs
As at the Year End 2014 2013
Number of ordinary shares held 619,454 1,114,056
Dividends paid (in Rs. ’000) 7,741 7,120
Number of cumulative exercisable options under the
Employee Share Option Plan (ESOP) 2008 - Tranche I
50,231 101,087
Tranche II 148,016 55,076
Tranche III 103,736 60,512

60.3 Transactions with Group Entities

The Group entities include the Subsidiaries and Associates of the Bank.

60.3.1 Transactions with Subsidiaries

60.3.1.1 Statement of Financial Position
Year-end balance Average balance
2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Assets
Loans and advances 586,800 213,738 1,478
Lease receivable 2,205 16,965 7,128 32,736
Other receivables 85,685 75,540 80,613 70,813
Impairment for other receivables (51,398) (41,036) (46,217) (34,632)
Total 623,292 51,469 255,262 70,395
Liabilities
Deposits 94,896 53,937 80,391 60,395
Securities sold under re-purchase agreements 173,457 175,672 161,516 174,998
Other 19,289 15,686 17,487 18,975
Total 287,642 245,295 259,394 254,368
60.3.1.2 Commitments and Contingencies
Undrawn facilities 100,000 25,339 15,638
Total 100,000 25,339 15,638
60.3.1.3 Direct and Indirect Accommodation
Direct and indirect accommodation as a percentage of the Bank’s Regulatory Capital 1.00% 0.03%
60.3.1.4 Income Statement
For the Year Ended December 31, 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Interest income 17,608 7,244
Interest expenses 35,080 23,550
Other income 70,482 70,465
Impairment charges 10,362 12,809
Expenses paid 379,463 345,007
60.3.1.5 Other Transactions
Payments made to ONEzero Company Ltd. in relation to purchase of computer hardware and software 30,312 29,327

60.3.2 Transactions with Associates

60.3.2.1 Statement of Financial Position
Year-end Balance Average Balance
2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Assets
Loans and advances 11 227 22
Lease receivables 127 1,010 393 3,988
Total 127 1,021 620 4,010
Liabilities
Deposits 22,331 78,600 25,900 43,087
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 5,771 6,840 490 14,300
Total 28,102 85,440 26,390 57,387
60.3.2.2 Direct and Indirect Accommodation
Direct and Indirect Accommodation as a % of the Bank’s Regulatory Capital 0.00% 0.00%
60.3.2.3 Income Statement
For the Year Ended December 31, 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Interest income 104 615
Interest expenses 1,627 6,112
Other income 19,003 20,975
60.3.2.4 Other Transactions
Number of ordinary shares of the Bank held by the associates as at the year end 4,485 4,408
Dividend paid (Rs. ’000) 29 28

60.4 Transactions with Other Related Entities

Other related entities include significant investors (either entities or individuals) that have control, joint control or significant influence, post-employment benefit plans for the Bank’s employees.

60.4.1 Transactions with the Post-Employment Benefit Plans for the Employees of the Bank

60.4.1.1 Statement of Financial Position
Year-end Balance Average Balance
2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Assets
Loans and Advances
Total
Liabilities
Deposits 4,293,158 2,296,724 2,559,011 1,512,629
Securities sold under re-purchase agreements 1,171 60,042 769 11,906
Total 4,294,329 2,356,766 2,559,780 1,524,535
60.4.1.2 Income Statement
For the Year Ended December 31, 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Interest income
Interest expenses 280,831 197,602
Contribution made/taxes paid by the Bank 901,433 795,675

61. Non-Cash Items Included in Profit Before Tax

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 1,087,175 717,583 1,026,730 786,024
Amortisation of leasehold property 1,452 1,452 942 942
Amortisation of intangible assets 173,373 149,347 172,874 149,291
Impairment losses on loans and advances 4,898,249 5,177,019 4,879,606 5,177,019
Other impairment 39,149 26,993
Contributions to defined benefit plans - Unfunded schemes 164,438 165,791 157,687 160,113
Provision made o/a of leave encashment 54,860 151,592 54,860 151,592
Effect of exchange rate variances on property, plant and equipment 1,833 (9,091) 311 (7,607)
Effect of exchange rate variances on intangible assets 1,069 (1,011) 8 (397)
Effect of exchange rate variances on defined benefit plans (381) 7,294 (381) 7,294
Effect of exchange rate variances on subordinated liabilities 86,250 356,250 86,250 356,250
Net effect of exchange rate variances on net deferred tax liability 207 (3,701) 207 (3,701)
Net effect of exchange rate variances on income tax liability (1,836) 42,772 (1,836) 42,772
Notional tax and withholding tax credits (1,207,034) (986,496) (1,204,986) (984,011)
Total 5,259,655 5,768,801 5,211,421 5,862,574

62. Change in Operating Assets

Net (increase)/decrease in derivative financial instruments (378,184) (513,401) (378,184) (513,401)
Net (increase)/decrease in balances with Central Banks 1,201,810 263,897 1,201,810 263,897
Net (increase)/decrease in placements with banks 10,376,047 (12,031,156) 10,376,047 (12,031,156)
Net (increase)/decrease in other financial assets-held-for-trading (85,750) 326,419 (85,750) 326,419
Net (increase)/decrease in loans and receivables to banks 3,303 (82,490) 4,796 (82,490)
Net (increase)/decrease in loans and receivables to customers 85,148,527 50,191,461 85,666,925 42,180,694
Net (increase)/decrease in financial investments - available-for-sale 80,435,091 64,263,967 80,434,686 72,232,451
Net (increase)/decrease in other assets 1,111,827 357,539 1,125,449 363,768
Total 177,812,671 102,776,236 178,345,779 102,740,182

63. Change in Operating Liabilities

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Net increase/(decrease) in due to banks 10,436,070 9,300,274 11,066,757 9,300,274
Net increase/(decrease) in derivative financial instruments (218,777) 1,327,625 (218,777) 1,327,625
Net increase/(decrease) in deposits from banks, customers and debt securities issued 78,167,642 60,530,264 78,208,561 60,541,375
Net increase/(decrease) in other borrowings 82,030,122 6,561,938 82,027,907 6,590,356
Net increase/(decrease) in other provisions (535) (535)
Net increase/(decrease) in other liabilities 7,453,105 (837,271) 7,393,572 (837,156)
Net increase/(decrease) in due to Subsidiaries 3,603 (6,578)
Total 177,867,627 76,882,830 178,481,088 76,915,896

64. Operating Leases

64.1 Operating Lease Commitments (Payables)

The Group has leased a number of office premises under operating leases. These leases have an average life of between three to five years. Lease agreements include clauses to enable upward revision of the rental payments on a periodic basis to reflect market conditions. There are no restrictions placed upon the Group by entering into these leases.

Future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Less than one year 510,968 470,050 507,386 572,831
Between one and five years 1,400,091 1,380,118 1,395,852 1,380,118
More than five years 686,146 789,219 686,146 789,219
Total 2,597,205 2,639,387 2,589,384 2,742,168

64.2 Operating lease commitments (Receivables)

The Group has entered into commercial property leases on its own properties, mainly consisting of areas not currently occupied by the branches. Lease agreements include clauses to enable upward revision of rental income on a periodic basis to reflect market conditions. These leases have an average life of between three to five years. There are no restrictions placed upon the Group by entering into these leases.

Future minimum rentals receivable under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

GROUP BANK
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Less than one year 7,579 11,250 6,679 8,680
Between one and five years 7,940 15,519 7,445 14,124
More than five years
Total 15,519 26,769 14,124 22,804

65. Financial Risk Review

As required by the provisions of the SLFRS 07 on ‘Financial Instrument: Disclosure’, this Note presents information about the Bank’s exposure to financial risks and the Bank’s management of capital.

For Information on the Bank’s Financial Risk Management Framework Page No.
Introduction
65.1 Credit Risk
65.1.1 Credit Quality Analysis 381
65.1.2 Impaired Loans and Receivables and Investment Debt Securities 388
65.1.3 Collateral Held 388
65.1.4 Concentrations of Credit Risk 389
65.1.5 Exposures to Unrated Countries 393
65.2 Liquidity Risk
65.2.1 Exposure to Liquidity Risk 393
65.2.2 Maturity Analysis of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities 394
65.2.3 Liquidity Reserves 397
65.2.4 Financial Assets Available to Support Future Funding 397
65.3 Market Risk
65.3.1 Exposure to Market Risk - Trading and Non-Trading Portfolios 398
65.3.2 Exposure to Interest Rate Risk - Sensitivity Analysis 399
65.3.3 Exposure to Currency Risks - Non-Trading Portfolios 402
65.3.4 Exposure to Equity Price Risk 403
65.4 Operational Risk
65.5 Capital Management
65.5.1 Regulatory Capital 404
65.5.2 Capital Allocation 405

Introduction

As a financial intermediary, the Bank is exposed to various types of risks including credit, market, liquidity and operational risks which are inherent in the Bank’s activities. Managing these risks is critical for the sustainability of the Bank and plays a pivotal role in all activities of the Bank. Risk management function strives to identify potential risks in advance, analyse them and take precautionary steps to mitigate the impact of risk whilst optimising through risk adjusted returns within the risk appetite of the Bank.

Risk Management Framework

The overall responsibility and oversight of the risk management framework of the Bank is vested with the Board of Directors (BOD). The Board Integrated Risk Management Committee (BIRMC) a mandatory Sub-Committee set-up by the Board, in turn is entrusted with development of the Bank’s risk management policies and monitoring of due compliance of same through the Executive Integrated Risk Management Committee (EIRMC).

The risk management policies spell out the risk appetite of the Bank and has incorporated risk exposure limits and controls to monitor adherence to the limits in force. These Policies and systems are reviewed regularly to reflect the changing market conditions and the products and services offered.

The Bank strives to inculcate a risk management culture through continuous training, work ethics and standards.

Refer Note 3 on page 281 for more information on the risk management framework of the Bank.

Integrated Risk Management Department (IRMD)

Business units are the risk owners and have the primary responsibility for risk management. The IRMD acts as the second line of defense in managing the risk. The IRMD through Chief Manager - Risk reports to BIRMC thus ensuring its independence.

Risk Measurement and Reporting

The Bank uses robust risk measurement techniques based on the type of risk and industry best practices. The Bank also carries out Stress Testing which is a key aspect of the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) and the risk management framework and provides insight on the impact of extreme but plausible scenarios on the Bank’s risk profile. The results are reported to the EIRMC and to the BIRMC on a periodic basis.

The Bank establishes policies, limits and thresholds within the risk appetite. These limits reflect the business strategy and market environment of the Bank as well as the level of risk that the Bank is willing to accept (risk appetite). The monitoring and control mechanism therefore is based on risk appetite of the Bank.

65.1 Credit Risk

The financial loss resulting from a borrower or counterparty to a financial instrument failing or delaying to meet its contractual obligations is referred to as credit risk. It arises principally from the Bank’s loans and receivables to banks and other customers and investments in debt securities. In addition to the credit risk from direct funding exposure i.e., on Balance Sheet exposure, indirect liabilities such as Letters of Credit, Guarantees etc. also would expose the Bank to credit risk.

The Bank considers and consolidates all elements of credit risk exposure (such as individual obligor default risk, country and sector concentration risks) to ensure stringent credit risk management.

65.1.1 Credit Quality Analysis

65.1.1 (a) Maximum Exposure to Credit Risk

The table below set out information about the maximum exposure to credit risk (including off-balance sheet exposure) broken down by risk grades and the related provision for impairment made by the Bank against those assets.

As at December 31, Note Loans and Receivables to
Other Customers
Loans and Receivables
to Banks
Financial Investments Lending Commitments and Financial Guarantees
2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Maximum Exposure to Credit Risk
Carrying amount 30-33, 55 497,065,787 410,951,440 551,066 546,270 220,535,006 138,135,583
Amount Committed/Guarantees 351,196,011 294,362,080
At Amortised Cost
Government Securities
(Risk Free Investments)
82,048,277 52,055,196
Rating 0-4:
Investment Grade(*)
232,627,091 189,905,906 551,066 546,270
Rating 5-6: Moderate Risk 177,468,590 164,685,855
Rating S: High Risk 2,791,464 2,142,597
Rating 7-9: Extreme Risk 19,086,939 17,949,054
Gross carrying amount 514,022,361 426,738,608 551,066 546,270
Less: Provision for
impairment (individual
and collective)
16,956,574 15,787,168
Net carrying amount 31, 32 497,065,787 410,951,440 551,066 546,270
Available-for-sale
Government Securities
(Risk Free Investments)
205,160,033 123,597,457
Rating 0-4:
Investment Grade
843,630 190,584
Rating 5-6: Moderate Risk 8,204,707 7,968,484
Rating S: High Risk
Rating 7-9: Extreme Risk
Gross/net carrying amount 33 214,208,370 131,756,525
At Fair Value through
Profit or Loss
Government Securities
(Risk Free Investments)
2,423,272 4,058,644
Rating 0-4:
Investment Grade
367,732 334,407
Rating 5-6: Moderate Risk 3,535,632 1,986,007
Rating S: High Risk
Rating 7-9: Extreme Risk
Gross/net carrying amount 30 6,326,636 6,379,058
Total net carrying amount 497,065,787 410,951,440 551,066 546,270 220,535,006 138,135,583
Off-Balance Sheet(**)
Maximum Exposure
Lending Commitments
Rating 0-6: Investment
Grade to Moderate Risk
106,560,178 71,240,051
Financial Guarantees
Rating 0-6: Investment
Grade to Moderate Risk
244,635,833 223,122,029
Total exposure 55 351,196,011 294,362,080

(**) Amounts reported above do not include Capital Commitments Disclosed in the Note 55 on ‘Contingent Liabilities and Commitments’ on page 367.

65.1.1 (b) Age Analysis by Class of Financial Assets

The maximum exposure to credit risk for class of financial assets by risk rating and by age are given below:

Loans and Receivables to
Other Customers
Loans and Receivables
to Banks
Financial Investment Lending Commitments and Financial Guarantees
As at December 31, 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Government Securities
(Risk Free investments)
82,048,277 52,055,196 207,583,305 127,656,101
Gross carrying amount 82,048,277 52,055,196 207,583,305 127,656,101
Neither Past Due Nor
Individually Impaired
Rating 0-4: Investment grade 232,483,081 189,803,544 551,066 546,270 1,211,362 524,991 141,026,873 122,187,912
Rating 5-6: Moderate risk 176,917,981 164,134,382 11,740,339 9,954,491 210,169,138 172,174,168
Gross carrying amount 409,401,062 353,937,926 551,066 546,270 12,951,701 10,479,482 351,196,011 294,362,080
Past Due But Not
Individually Impaired
Less than 3 months 3,705,964 3,573,745
3 to 6 months 1,868,823 1,047,562
6 to 12 months 1,297,997 1,699,939
12 to 18 months 1,326,904 1,177,750
More than 18 months 7,824,652 6,443,466
Gross carrying amount 16,024,340 13,942,462
Individually Impaired
Less than 3 months 266,435 274,438
3 to 6 months 1,007,795 611,771
6 to 12 months 148,659 1,121,260
12 to 18 months 734,831 417,687
More than 18 months 4,390,962 4,377,868
Gross carrying amount 6,548,682 6,803,024
Total gross carrying amount 514,022,361 426,738,608 551,066 546,270 220,535,006 138,135,583 351,196,011 294,362,080
Provisional for Impairment
Individual 4,334,587 4,204,654
Collective 12,621,987 11,582,514
Total Provision for impairment 16,956,574 15,787,168
Total net carrying amount 497,065,787 410,951,440 551,066 546,270 220,535,006 138,135,583 351,196,011 294,362,080

The methodology of the impairment assessment is explained in the Note 5.3.10 on page 291.

65.1.1 (c) Credit Risk Exposure for Each Internal Credit Rating

Through adoption of a robust risk grading system that falls in line with Basel requirements, the Bank maintains accurate and consistent risk ratings across the credit portfolio in accordance with the established policy framework to ensure the quality of its credit portfolio. The risk rating framework consists of several ratings of varying degrees of risk as an indicator for Lending Officers to evaluate the overall risk profile of counterparties and to arrive at an acceptable risk return trade-off. It also provides a tool for the Management to assess the credit exposures across all lines of business, geographic regions and products. The risk ratings of the borrowers are reviewed at least annually or more frequently in a deteriorating risk profile of the counterparties.

The Bank’s internal credit rating of the loans and receivables to banks and loans and receivables to other customers together with historical default rates and respective gross carrying amounts are given in the table below:

As at December 31, 2014 2013
Bank’s Internal Credit Rating Historical Default
Rates
Gross Carrying
Amount
Historical Default
Rates
Gross Currying
Amount
% Rs. ’000 % Rs. ’000
Neither Past Due Nor Impaired
Government Guaranteed 82,048,277 52,055,196
Gold 15.77 2,348,767 28.74 7,069,762
Investment Grade
Rating - 0 0.15 49,585,111 0.08 26,787,105
Rating - 1 0.40 5,432,532 0.70 7,201,587
Rating - 2 0.39 17,259,834 0.52 14,240,462
Rating - 3 0.59 50,123,205 0.70 42,328,959
Rating - 4 0.31 107,733,631 0.31 92,175,669
Moderate Risk
Rating - 5 0.88 154,362,496 1.09 139,356,308
Rating - 6 1.68 22,555,485 1.79 24,778,073
Past Due But Not Impaired
High Risk
Rating - S 25.27 2,593,132 26.30 1,926,738
Extreme Risk
Rating - 7 58.02 1,854,792 58.47 2,171,596
Rating - 8 69.04 1,774,810 74.49 1,623,325
Rating - 9 100.00 9,801,607 100.00 8,220,804
Impaired
Individually Impaired(*) 6,548,682 6,803,024
Total 514,022,361 426,738,608

(*) Default rates are not calculated for individually impaired loans and receivables.

65.1.1 (d) Credit Quality by Class of Financial Assets

The tables below show the credit quality by the class of asset for all financial assets exposed to credit risk, based on the Bank’s internal
credit rating.

As at December 31, 2014 Neither Past Due Nor Individually Impaired
Note Government Guarantee Investment Grade Moderate Risk Past Due But Not Individually Impaired Individually
Impaired
Total
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Cash and cash equivalents 26 20,591,867 20,591,867
Balances with Central Banks 27 19,633,746 19,633,746
Placements with banks 28 14,507,861 14,507,861
Derivative financial instruments 29 459,510 459,510
Other financial instruments -
held-for-trading
30 2,423,272 367,732 3,535,632 6,326,636
Loans and receivables to banks 31 551,066 551,066
Loans and receivables to
other customers
32 82,048,277 231,625,228 174,801,951 6,376,232 2,214,099 497,065,787
Corporate banking 82,048,277 138,816,911 62,137,988 453,448 759,582 284,216,206
Amortised cost 82,048,277 139,309,401 63,295,940 868,904 2,615,388 288,137,910
Less-provision for impairment 492,490 1,157,952 415,456 1,855,806 3,921,704
Personal banking 92,808,317 112,663,963 5,922,784 1,454,517 212,849,581
Amortised cost 93,173,680 113,622,041 15,155,436 3,933,294 225,884,451
Less-provision for impairment 365,363 958,078 9,232,652 2,478,777 13,034,870
Financial investments -
Available-for-sale
33 205,160,033 843,630 8,204,707 214,208,370
Government Securities 205,160,033 8,204,707 213,364,740
Equity Securities -
Quoted shares
185,132 185,132
Equity Securities -
Unquoted shares
45,057 45,057
Investment in unit trust 613,441 613,441
Total 309,265,328 268,946,894 186,542,290 6,376,232 2,214,099 773,344,843

Definition of ‘Past Due’ - The Bank considers that any amount uncollected one day or more beyond their contractual due date as ‘Past Due’.

(*) Investment in Sri Lanka Development Bonds and Securities purchased under re-sale agreements included.

As at December 31, 2013 Neither Past Due Nor Individually Impaired
Note Government Guarantee Investment Grade Moderate Risk Past Due But Not Individually Impaired Individually Impaired Total
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Cash and cash equivalents 26 14,261,549 14,261,549
Balances with Central Banks 27 18,431,936 18,431,936
Placements with banks 28 4,131,814 4,131,814
Derivative financial instruments 29 837,694 837,694
Other financial instruments -
held-for-trading
30 4,058,644 334,407 1,986,007 6,379,058
Loans and receivables to banks 31 546,270 546,270
Loans and receivables to
other customers
32 52,055,196 188,121,998 162,678,291 5,497,584 2,598,371 410,951,440
Corporate banking 52,055,196(*) 119,616,050 51,951,240 270,864 1,014,209 224,907,559
Amortised cost 52,055,196 120,812,047 52,332,386 828,160 3,092,875 229,120,664
Less - provision for impairment 1,195,997 381,146 557,296 2,078,666 4,213,105
Personal banking 68,505,948 110,727,051 5,226,720 1,584,162 186,043,881
Amortised cost 68,991,497 111,801,996 13,114,301 3,710,150 197,617,944
Less - provision for impairment 485,549 1,074,945 7,887,581 2,125,988 11,574,063
Financial investments -
Available-for-sale
33 123,597,457 190,584 7,968,484 131,756,525
Government Securities 123,597,457 7,968,484 131,565,941
Quoted shares 145,492 145,492
Unquoted shares 45,092 45,092
Investment in unit trust
Total 198,143,233 208,424,316 172,632,782 5,497,584 2,598,371 587,296,286

Definition of ‘Past Due’ - The Bank considers that any amount uncollected one day or more beyond their contractual due date as ‘Past Due’.

(*) Investment made in Sri Lanka Development Bonds and Securities purchased under re-sale agreements included.

65.1.1 (e) Trading Assets

Held-for-Trading Investments in Debt and Equity Securities

The table below sets out the credit quality of debt and equity securities classified as held-for-trading. Debt securities include investments made by the Bank in Government Securities of Sri Lanka and Bangladesh. The analysis of equity securities is based on Fitch Rating Nomenclature or Equivalent Ratings, where applicable.

As at December 31, Note 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Government Securities
Government Securities – Sri Lanka
Treasury bills 781,287 2,946,147
Treasury bonds 1,641,985 1,112,497
Government Securities – Bangladesh
Treasury bills 3,442,876 1,842,431
Treasury bonds 92,756 143,576
Total - Government securities 5,958,904 6,044,651
Equity Shares
Rated AAA 58,063 73,311
Rated AA- to AA+ 5,923 4,310
Rated A to A+ 41,018 16,316
Rated BBB+ 7,545 4,413
Unrated 255,183 236,057
Total - Equity securities 367,732 334,407
Total 30 6,326,636 6,379,058
Credit Exposure Arising from Derivative Transactions

Credit risk arising from derivative financial instruments at any time is limited to those with positive fair values, as reported in the Statement of Financial Position. With gross settled derivatives, the Bank is also exposed to a settlement risk, being the risk that counterparty fails to deliver the counter value.

The table below shows analysis of credit exposures arising from derivative financial assets and liabilities as at December 31, 2014.

Derivative Type
Total Forward SWAPS Spot
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Derivative financial assets (Note 1) 60,511,385 459,510 20,358,635 233,300 37,306,791 222,533 2,845,959 3,677
Derivative financial liabilities (Note 2) 69,110,246 (1,193,139) 8,222,097 (368,886) 60,338,932 (823,596) 549,217 (657)
Note 1
Derivative financial assets
by counterparty type
With Banks 45,727,744 279,671 6,328,908 54,701 37,306,791 222,533 2,092,045 2,437
Other customers 14,783,641 179,839 14,029,727 178,599 753,914 1,240
60,511,385 459,510 20,358,635 233,300 37,306,791 222,533 2,845,959 3,677
Note 2
Derivative financial liabilities
by counterparty type
With Banks 64,423,203 (848,596) 3,747,560 (24,499) 60,338,932 (823,596) 336,711 (501)
Other customers 4,687,043 (344,543) 4,474,537 (344,387) 212,506 (156)
69,110,246 (1,193,139) 8,222,097 (368,886) 60,338,932 (823,596) 549,217 (657)

65.1.2 Impaired Loans and Receivables and Investment Debt Securities

The table below sets out a reconciliation of changes in the carrying amount of individually impaired loans and receivables:

As at December 31, 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Impaired loans and receivables to other customers as at January 01, 2,598,374 2,569,121
Newly classified as impaired loans and receivables during the year 628,790 1,226,078
Net change in already impaired loans and receivables during the year (100,073) (781,949)
Net payment, write-off and recoveries and other movement during the year (912,992) (414,876)
Impaired loans and receivables to customers as at December 31, 2,214,099 2,598,374

No impairment provision has been made for investment in debt securities as at December 31, 2014 (2013 - nil).

For methodology of the impairment assessment, refer Note 5.3.10 on impairment of financial assets carried at amortised cost on page 291.

For details of provision for impairment for loans and receivables to banks and loans and receivable to other customers, refer Notes 31 and 32 on page 322.

Set out below is an analysis of the gross and net carrying amounts of individually impaired loans and receivables to customers by risk rates:

As at December 31, 2014 2013
Loans and Receivable to Customers Loans and Receivable to Customers
Gross Net Gross Net
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Rating 0-4: Investment Grade 144,010 103,374 102,363 47,120
Rating 5-6: Moderate Risk 550,610 335,272 551,473 250,186
Rating S: High Risk 198,333 184,071 215,859 125,665
Rating 7-9: Extreme Risk 5,655,729 1,591,382 5,933,329 2,175,403
6,548,682 2,214,099 6,803,024 2,598,374

65.1.3 Collateral Held

Loan to Value Ratio of Residential Mortgage Lending

The table below stratifies credit exposures from mortgage loans and advances to retail customers by ranges of loan-to-value (LTV) ratio.
LTV is calculated as the ratio of the gross amount of the loan to the value of the collateral which is also used for the computation of Capital
Adequacy Ratios. The value of the collateral for residential mortgage loans are based on the forced sale value determined by professional valuers.

As at December 31, 2014 2013
LTV Ratio Rs. ’000 Composition (%) Rs. ’000 Composition (%)
Less than 50% 4,351,805 24.04 3,270,031 24.72
51 - 70% 4,690,017 25.90 3,622,301 27.39
71 - 90% 5,244,165 28.96 3,614,301 27.33
91 - 100% 821,071 4.53 722,516 5.46
More than 100%* 3,001,235 16.57 1,996,500 15.10
18,108,293 100.00 13,225,649 100.00

* LTV ratio of more than 100% was due to the inflated numerator resulted from subsequent disbursements made to the borrower which was compared against the initial fair value of the property, (the denominator).

Assets Obtained by taking the Possession of Collaterals

Repossession of collaterals, is resorted to in extreme situations where action is necessitated to recover the dues. The repossessed assets are disposed, in an orderly and transparent manner and the proceeds are used to reduce or recover the outstanding claim.

65.1.4 Concentrations of Credit Risk

By setting various concentration limits under different criteria within the established risk appetite framework (i.e., single borrower/group, industry sectors, product counterparty and country etc.), the Bank ensures that an acceptable level of risk diversification is maintained on an ongoing basis. These limits are continuously monitored and periodically reviewed by the Credit Policy Committee, the Executive Integrated Risk Management Committee and the Board Integrated Risk Management Committee, to capture the developments in market, political and economic environment both locally and internationally to strengthen the dynamic portfolio management practices and to provide an early warning on possible credit concentrations.

The maximum exposure to credit risk to the components of financial assets in the Statement of Financial Position as at December 31, broken down by industry sector and by geographical region of financial assets is given below:

65.1.4 (a) Industry-wise Distribution
As at December 31, 2014 Agriculture
and Fishing
Manufacturing Tourism Transport Construction Traders New
Economy
Financial
and
Business
Services
Government Infrastructure Other
Services
Other
Customers
Total
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Financial Assets
Cash and cash
equivalents
20,591,867 20,591,867
Balances with
Central Banks
19,633,746 19,633,746
Placements
with banks
14,507,861 14,507,861
Derivative financial
assets
25,308 4,397 306 32,984 255 366,871 620 6,823 21,946 459,510
Other financial
instruments –
held-for-trading
177,415 11,856 20,850 33,821 19,954 51,817 5,958,904 52,019 6,326,636
Government
securities
5,958,904 5,958,904
Equity securities -
Quoted shares
177,415 11,856 20,850 33,821 19,954 51,817 52,019 367,732
Loans and
receivables to
banks
551,066 551,066
Loans and
receivables to
other customers
43,581,619 53,623,161 16,888,688 12,940,410 40,351,177 59,869,481 6,209,585 35,738,751 82,495,573 15,590,465 39,830,241 89,946,636 497,065,787
Government
securities
40,850,011 40,850,011
Loans &
advances*
43,581,619 52,662,465 16,888,688 12,940,410 40,351,177 58,916,183 6,209,585 28,751,154 41,198,266 15,590,465 39,593,074 89,946,636 446,629,722
Investment
securities
960,696 953,298 6,987,597 447,296 237,167 9,586,054
Financial
investments -
Available-for-
sale
11,356 789,467 213,380,603 26,944 214,208,370
Government
securities
213,364,740 213,364,740
Equity securities -
Quoted shares
11,356 173,777 185,133
Equity securities -
Unquoted shares
2,250 15,863 26,944 45,057
Unit trusts 613,440 613,440
Total 43,606,927 53,816,329 16,900,850 12,940,410 40,405,011 59,903,557 6,229,539 72,597,700 321,468,826 15,643,104 39,864,008 89,968,582 773,344,843

 

As at
December 31, 2013
Agriculture
and Fishing
Manufacturing Tourism Transport Construction Traders New
Economy
Financial
and
Business
Services
Government Infrastructure Other
Services
Other
Customers
Total
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Financial Assets
Cash and cash
equivalents
14,261,549 14,261,549
Balances with
Central Banks
18,431,936 18,431,936
Placements
with banks
4,131,814 4,131,814
Derivative
financial assets
90,357 6,657 122 17 3 699,656 19,259 21,623 837,694
Other financial
instruments –
held-for-trading
158,110 1,720 21,685 29,082 40,599 32,738 6,044,651 28,631 21,842 6,379,058
Government
securities
6,044,651 6,044,651
Equity securities
- Quoted shares
158,110 1,720 21,685 29,082 40,599 32,738 28,631 21,842 334,407
Loans and
receivables to
banks
546,270 546,270
Loans and
receivables to
other customers
36,503,291 48,845,668 12,928,639 9,895,157 33,943,285 49,776,845 6,101,677 18,404,072 52,502,492 12,625,531 29,883,058 99,541,725 410,951,440
Government
securities
43,108,697 43,108,697
Loans &
advances*
36,503,291 47,722,435 12,928,639 9,895,157 33,943,285 49,522,937 6,101,677 16,088,750 8,946,499 12,625,531 29,645,802 99,541,725 363,465,728
Investment
securities
1,123,233 253,908 2,315,322 447,296 237,256 4,377,015
Financial
investments -
Available-for-
sale
147,743 131,565,940 42,842 131,756,525
Government
securities
131,565,940 131,565,940
Equity securities -
Quoted shares
145,493 145,493
Equity securities -
Unquoted shares
2,250 42,842 45,092
Unit trusts
Total 36,593,648 49,010,435 12,930,481 9,895,174 33,964,970 49,805,930 6,142,276 38,223,842 208,545,019 12,697,004 29,924,159 99,563,348 587,296,286

(*) Industry wise loans and receivables appearing in the Note 32.1 (c) does not agree due to the impairment.

65.1.4 (b) Geographical Distribution of Loans and Receivables Portfolio

The Western Province has recorded a higher percentage of lending based on geographical distribution of the Bank’s lending portfolio. It has accounted for 74% (approximately) of total advances portfolio of the Bank as at December 31, 2014. Although, Western Province is vested with highest credit concentration, we believe that a sizeable portion of these lending has been utilised to facilitate industries scattered around the country. For example, most of the large corporates which have island-wide operations are being accommodated by the branches and Corporate Banking Division situated in the Western Province thus reflecting a fairly diversified geographical concentration on such borrowers.

As at December 31, 2014
Location Loans and receivables by product
Overdraft





Rs. ’000
Trade
Finance




Rs. ’000
Lease
Receivables




Rs. ’000
Credit card





Rs. ’000
Pawning





Rs. ’000
Staff
Loans




Rs. ’000
Housing
Loans




Rs. ’000
Personal
Loans




Rs. ’000
Long Term
Loans




Rs. ’000
Short Term
Loans




Rs. ’000
Bills of
Exchange




Rs. ’000
Securities
Purchased
Under Resale
Agreements
(Rev. Repo.)
Rs. ’000
Total





Rs. ’000
Sri Lanka
Central 3,597,148 101,125 1,394,106 253,347 144,102 1,814,563 1,165,655 8,968,284 377,338 46,093 17,861,761
Eastern 694,683 265,758 57,678 73,238 222,426 347,563 1,386,989 39,441 3,087,776
North Central 629,465 101,423 935,383 66,909 14,389 371,416 282,964 2,548,677 220,747 22,533 5,193,906
Northern 1,476,474 465,942 66,899 534,999 473,853 453,957 2,337,898 21,598 1,988 5,833,608
North Western 3,104,692 248,329 1,683,351 206,582 234,631 2,160,393 1,141,875 8,439,507 477,588 8,507 17,705,455
Sabaragamuwa 2,431,968 95,459 947,590 117,882 99,293 1,432,771 651,940 3,303,445 238,764 9,637 9,328,749
Southern 3,812,054 866,546 1,808,851 225,498 149,548 3,303,663 1,796,194 8,272,388 191,654 24,891 20,451,287
Uva 754,494 4,219 567,142 65,392 50,375 1,126,814 413,966 2,068,858 78,252 5,129,512
Western 46,910,668 37,926,034 13,894,422 2,404,228 1,007,100 4,873,068 19,440,762 14,375,984 128,245,662 18,126,426 3,595,743 41,198,266 331,998,363
Bangladesh 4,089,012 1,906,658 184,585 52,085 132,023 125,585 266,094 8,515,342 11,272,274 3,495,647 30,039,305
Total 67,500,658 41,249,793 22,147,130 3,516,500 2,307,675 5,005,091 30,472,246 20,896,192 174,087,050 31,044,082 7,205,039 41,198,266 446,629,722
As at December 31, 2013
Location Loans and receivables by product
Overdraft





Rs. ’000
Trade
Finance




Rs. ’000
Lease
Receivables




Rs. ’000
Credit card





Rs. ’000
Pawning





Rs. ’000
Staff
Loans




Rs. ’000
Housing
Loans




Rs. ’000
Personal
Loans




Rs. ’000
Long Term
Loans




Rs. ’000
Short Term
Loans




Rs. ’000
Bills of
Exchange




Rs. ’000
Securities
Purchased
Under Resale
Agreements
(Rev. Repo.)
Rs. ’000
Total





Rs. ’000
Sri Lanka
Central 2,610,622 80,531 1,412,923 240,321 430,567 1,562,966 984,494 6,521,992 625,131 33,958 14,503,505
Eastern 733,465 358,591 54,712 362,417 215,886 436,866 1,281,357 103,432 3,546,726
North Central 659,699 220,115 900,708 63,468 61,178 340,048 382,997 1,907,628 585,721 16,601 5,138,163
Northern 1,793,373 18,701 648,594 63,460 1,766,574 489,533 425,873 2,382,651 35,437 1,465 7,625,661
North Western 3,160,834 139,391 1,929,409 195,960 644,118 1,987,342 823,209 6,891,028 562,428 6,268 16,339,987
Sabaragamuwa 1,921,976 100,115 860,982 111,821 278,100 1,276,231 505,806 2,315,080 223,776 7,100 7,600,987
Southern 3,491,892 529,769 1,431,837 213,904 398,049 3,061,521 1,428,483 6,182,105 140,064 18,338 16,895,962
Uva 675,125 29,499 525,312 62,030 159,051 790,164 301,657 1,547,085 86,900 4,176,823
Western 49,969,917 40,679,508 12,670,399 2,280,609 2,669,409 3,715,533 17,073,061 9,988,578 94,060,736 14,977,600 2,649,081 8,946,499 259,680,930
Bangladesh 4,755,943 5,190,750 211,118 42,998 161,221 96,264 277,571 5,193,375 9,813,447 2,214,297 27,956,984
Total 69,772,846 46,988,379 20,949,873 3,329,283 6,769,463 3,876,754 26,893,016 15,555,534 128,283,037 27,153,936 4,947,108 8,946,499 363,465,728

Please refer the Note No. 32.1(a) for the Gross carrying amount of the Loans and Advances, Government securities and investments coming under loans and receivables not considered in the above distribution.

65.1.5 Exposures to Unrated Countries

This note summarises the Bank’s on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposure to unrated countries.

As at December 31, 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
On-Balance Sheet Exposures
Loans and receivables to customers
Net carrying value 6,025,118 5,421,133
Gross carrying value 7,124,420 6,481,463
Less - Provision for impairment 1,099,302 1,060,330
Fair value net of provision for impairment(*) 6,025,118 5,421,133
Fair value before impairment 7,124,420 6,481,463
Less - Provision for impairment 1,099,302 1,060,330
Off-Balance Sheet Exposures
Loan commitments and financial guarantees 360,557 211,063
Financial guarantees 135,082 105,215
Loan commitments 225,475 105,848
Total On-Balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposure 6,385,675 5,632,196

(*) There is no difference between the net carrying amount and the fair value, as all facilities have been granted under floating interest rates.

65.2 Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the Bank’s inability to meet On or Off-Balance Sheet contractual and contingent financial obligations, as they fall due without incurring unacceptable losses. The principal objective in liquidity risk management is to assess the need for funds to meet such obligations and to ensure the availability of adequate funding to fulfil those needs at the appropriate time, under both normal and stressed conditions.

Therefore, the Bank continuously analyses and monitors its liquidity profile, maintains adequate levels of high quality liquid assets, ensures access to diverse funding sources and has contingency funding agreements with peer banks to meet any unforeseen liquidity requirements. Exposures and ratios against tolerance limits as well as stressed scenarios are regularly monitored in order to identify the Bank’s liquidity position and potential funding requirements.

Asset and Liability Management Committee (ALCO)

ALCO chaired by the Managing Director, has representatives from Treasury, Corporate Banking, Personal Banking, Risk and Finance Departments. The Committee meets fortnightly or more frequently to monitor and manage the assets and liabilities of the Bank and also the overall liquidity position to keep the Bank’s liquidity at healthy levels, whilst satisfying the regulatory requirements.

65.2.1 Exposure to Liquidity Risk

The key measure used by the Bank for managing liquidity risk is the ratio of liquid assets to total liabilities excluding shareholders’ funds. For this purpose, ‘liquid assets’ include cash and cash equivalents, placements with banks and government securities (net). Details of the reported ratio of liquid assets to external liabilities of the Domestic Banking Unit (DBU) and the Off shore Banking Centre (OBC) as at the Reporting date are as follows:

DBU OBC
2014
%
2013
%
2014
%
2013
%
As at December 31, 33.15 33.66 31.43 29.38
Average for the period 35.26 31.67 32.13 31.42
Maximum for the period 37.10 34.34 38.54 36.69
Minimum for the period 33.15 26.63 27.35 29.36
Statutory minimum requirement 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00

The graph below depicts the trends in quarterly regulatory liquidity ratios of the Bank during the period from December 2012 to December 2014:

The ratio between net loans to total On-Balance Sheet assets has gradually reduced during the period while the ratio between total gross loans and advances to customer deposits has remained below 90%. Ratios of both purchased funds (including inter-bank and money market borrowings and institutional deposits) to total assets and large liabilities less temporary investments to earning assets less temporary investments have been well below 20%. The ratio of commitments to total loans has remained low. The ratio of liquid assets to short term liabilities has remained above 40%. All above ratios indicate strong liquidity position maintained by the Bank.

Liquidity Risk

62.2.2 Maturity Analysis of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

65.2.2 (a) Remaining Contractual Period to Maturity - Bank

(i) Remaining contractual period to maturity as at the date of Statement of Financial Position of the assets employed by the Bank is detailed below:

As at December 31, Up to 3
Months
3 to 12
Months
1 to 3
Years
3 to 5
Years
More than
5 Years
Total as at
31.12.2014
Total as at
31.12.2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Interest earning assets:
Financial Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 3,596,658 3,596,658 135,148
Balances with Central Banks 142,927 24,569 167,496 807
Placements with banks 13,450,661 1,057,200 14,507,861 4,131,814
Derivative financial assets
Other financial instruments
held-for-trading
5,958,902 5,958,902 6,044,652
Loans and receivables to banks
Loans and receivables to
other customers
206,309,889 91,849,961 114,254,729 57,920,186 26,731,022 497,065,787 410,951,440
Financial investments - Available-for-sale 14,825,840 43,143,743 30,542,371 72,261,471 52,591,316 213,364,741 131,707,597
Financial investments - Held-to-maturity
Total interest earning assets
as at 31.12.2014
244,284,877 136,075,473 144,797,100 130,181,657 79,322,338 734,661,445
Total interest earning assets
as at 31.12.2013
222,773,731 128,191,095 124,442,293 53,925,344 23,638,995 552,971,458
Non-Interest earning assets:
Financial Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 16,995,209 16,995,209 14,126,401
Balances with Central Banks 13,455,116 4,963,785 428,783 276,983 341,583 19,466,250 18,431,129
Placements with banks
Derivative financial assets 193,541 265,472 497 459,510 837,694
Other financial instruments -
held-for-trading
367,734 367,734 334,406
Loans and receivables to banks 551,066 551,066 546,270
Loans and receivables to other
customers
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 613,440 15,864 214,325 843,629 48,928
Financial investments – Held-to-maturity
Non-Financial Assets
Investments in subsidiaries 1,211,000 1,211,000 288,946
Investments in associates 44,331 44,331 44,331
Property, plant & equipment 9,953,091 9,953,091 8,387,344
Intangible assets 439,128 439,128 467,593
Leasehold property 75,420 75,420 76,362
Other assets 6,559,320 199,018 479,974 985,799 2,317,706 10,541,817 9,426,730
Total non-interest earning assets
as at 31.12.2014
38,184,360 5,428,275 1,460,320 1,278,646 14,596,584 60,948,185
Total non-interest earning assets
as at 31.12.2013
32,736,975 5,886,851 1,337,899 730,707 12,323,702 53,016,134
Total assets - as at 31.12.2014 282,469,237 141,503,748 146,257,420 131,460,303 93,918,922 795,609,630
Total assets - as at 31.12.2013 255,510,706 134,077,946 125,780,192 54,656,051 35,962,697 605,987,592
Percentage - as at 31.12.2014(*) 35.51 17.79 18.38 16.52 11.80 100.00
Percentage - as at 31.12.2013(*) 42.16 22.13 20.76 9.02 5.93 100.00

(*) Total percentage of each maturity bucket out of total assets employed by the Bank.

(ii) Remaining contractual period to maturity as at the date of Statement of Financial Position of the liabilities and shareholders’ funds employed by the Bank is detailed below:

As at December 31, Up to 3
Months
3 to 12
Months
1 to 3
Years
3 to 5
Years
More than
5 Years
Total as at
31.12.2014
Total as at
31.12.2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Financial Liabilities
Due to banks 2,476,105 4,625,250 7,101,355 12,195,006
Derivative financial liabilities
Other financial liabilities held-for-trading
Due to other customers/
Deposits from customers
322,166,430 134,429,404 12,675,981 6,566,010 8,602,013 484,439,838 415,381,976
Other borrowings 84,342,793 41,530,330 6,907,267 2,244,110 1,176,582 136,201,082 54,173,175
Subordinated liabilities 132,370 128,721 972,660 9,811,024 11,044,775 10,944,412
Total Interest-bearing liabilities
as at 31.12.2014
409,117,698 180,713,705 20,555,908 8,810,120 19,589,619 638,787,050
Total interest-bearing liabilities
as at 31.12.2013
305,094,129 141,567,740 14,342,812 11,467,136 20,222,752 492,694,569
Non-interest bearing liabilities:
Financial Liabilities
Due to banks 18,159,621 18,159,621 1,999,213
Derivative financial liabilities 733,669 459,470 1,193,139 1,411,916
Other financial liabilities held-for-trading
Due to other customers/
Deposits form customers
44,921,646 44,921,646 35,770,947
Other borrowings
Non-Financial Liabilities
Current tax liabilities 1,042,393 955,597 1,997,990 1,758,574
Deferred tax liabilities 241,710 229,566 674,822 954,790 472,872 2,573,760 1,563,070
Other provisions 1,874 1,874 2,409
Other liabilities 9,168,804 4,388,225 2,380,676 558,205 947,621 17,443,531 9,827,209
Due to subsidiaries 19,289 19,289 15,686
Equity
Stated capital 21,457,501 21,457,501 19,586,813
Statutory reserves 4,327,103 4,327,103 4,034,614
Retained earnings 4,258,287 4,258,287 4,233,364
Other reserves 40,468,839 40,468,839 33,089,208
Total non-interest bearing liabilities
as at 31.12.2014
74,289,006 6,032,858 3,055,498 1,512,995 71,932,223 156,822,580
Total non-interest bearing liabilities
as at 31.12.2013
46,795,753 2,180,945 1,638,059 735,003 61,943,263 113,293,023
Total liabilities and equity -
as at 31.12.2014
483,406,704 186,746,563 23,611,406 10,323,115 91,521,842 795,609,630
Total liabilities and equity -
as at 31.12.2013
351,889,882 143,748,685 15,980,871 12,202,139 82,166,015 605,987,592
Percentage - as at 31.12.2014(*) 60.76 23.47 2.97 1.30 11.50 100.00
Percentage - as at 31.12.2013(*) 58.07 23.72 2.64 2.01 13.56 100.00

(*) Total percentage of each maturity bucket out of total liabilities and shareholders’ funds employed by the Bank.

65.2.2 (b) Non-derivative financial assets and financial liabilities expected to be recovered or settled after 12 months from the Reporting date

The table below sets out the carrying amounts of non-derivative financial assets and financial liabilities expected to be recovered or settled after 12 months from the Reporting date.

As at December 31, 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Financial Assets
Non-Derivative Financial Assets
Balances with Central Banks 1,047,349 944,248
Loans and receivables to banks 551,066 546,270
Loans and receivables to other customers 198,905,938 179,220,367
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 155,625,347 22,835,193
356,129,700 203,546,078
Financial Liabilities
Non-Derivative Financial Liabilities
Due to other customers/deposits from customers 27,844,004 22,188,799
Other borrowings 10,327,959 13,146,467
Subordinated liabilities 10,783,684 10,797,660
48,955,647 46,132,926

65.2.3 Liquidity Reserves

The table below sets out the components of the Bank’s liquidity reserves:

As at December 31, 2014 2013
Carrying Amount
Rs. ’000
Fair Value
Rs. ’000
Carrying Amount
Rs. ’000
Fair Value
Rs. ’000
Balances with Central Banks 19,633,746 19,633,746 18,431,936 18,431,936
Cash and balances with other banks 6,943,357 6,943,357 2,753,483 2,753,483
Other cash and cash equivalents 13,648,510 13,648,510 11,508,066 11,508,066
Unencumbered debt securities issued by sovereigns 119,194,940 116,655,967 91,166,713 91,902,859
Total liquidity reserves 159,420,553 156,881,580 123,860,198 124,596,344

65.2.4 Financial Assets Available to Support Future Funding

The table below sets out the availability of the Bank’s financial assets to support future funding:

December 31, 2014 Encumbered Unencumbered
Note Pledged as
Collateral
Rs. ’000
Other*
Rs. ’000
Available as
Collateral
Rs. ’000
Other
Rs. ’000
Total
Rs. ’000
Cash and cash equivalents 26 20,591,867 20,591,867
Balances with Central Banks 27 19,633,746 19,633,746
Placements with banks 28 14,507,861 14,507,861
Derivative financial assets 29 459,510 459,510
Other financial instruments – Held-for-trading 30 6,326,636 6,326,636
Loans and receivables to banks 31 551,066 551,066
Loans and receivables to other customers 32 497,065,787 497,065,787
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 33 124,564,499 89,643,871 214,208,370
Total financial assets 124,564,499 551,066 648,229,278 773,344,843

 

December 31, 2013 Encumbered Unencumbered
Note Pledged as
Collateral
Rs. ’000
Other*
Rs. ’000
Available as
Collateral
Rs. ’000
Other
Rs. ’000
Total
Rs. ’000
Cash and cash equivalents 26 14,261,549 14,261,549
Balances with Central Banks 27 18,431,936 18,431,936
Placements with banks 28 4,131,814 4,131,814
Derivative financial assets 29 837,694 837,694
Other financial instruments – Held-for-trading 30 6,379,058 6,379,058
Loans and receivables to banks 31 546,270 546,270
Loans and receivables to other customers 32 410,951,440 410,951,440
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 33 39,230,639 92,525,886 131,756,525
Total financial assets 39,230,639 546,270 547,519,377 587,296,286

*Represents an amount where the Bank is prevented from exercising the right of lien against the claim made by the Bank due to a court action.

65.3 Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of losses in On or Off-Balance Sheet positions arising out of movements in prices affecting foreign exchange exposures, interest rate instruments, equity/debt instruments and commodity exposures. The Bank monitors market risk in both trading and non-trading portfolios.

65.3.1 Exposure to Market Risk - Trading and Non-Trading Portfolios

The table below sets out the allocation of assets and liabilities subject to market risk between trading and non-trading portfolios:

As at December 31, 2014 Market Risk Measurement
Note Carrying Amount
Rs. ’000
Trading Portfolios
Rs. ’000
Non-Trading
Portfolios
Rs. ’000
Assets Subject to Market Risk
Cash and cash equivalents 26 20,591,867 20,591,867
Balances with Central Banks 27 19,633,746 19,633,746
Placements with banks 28 14,507,861 14,507,861
Derivative financial assets 29 459,510 459,510
Other financial instruments – Held-for-trading 30 6,326,636 6,326,636
Loans and receivables to banks 31 551,066 551,066
Loans and receivables to other customers 32 497,065,787 497,065,787
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 33 214,208,370 214,208,370
773,344,843 6,786,146 766,558,697
Liabilities Subject to Market Risk
Due to banks 40 25,260,976 25,260,976
Derivative financial liabilities 41 1,193,139 1,193,139
Due to other customers/deposits from customers 42 529,361,484 529,361,484
Other borrowings 43 136,201,082 136,201,082
Subordinated liabilities 49 11,044,775 11,044,775
703,061,456 1,193,139 701,868,317

 

As at December 31, 2013 Market Risk Measurement
Note Carrying Amount
Rs. ’000
Trading Portfolios
Rs. ’000
Non-Trading
Portfolios
Rs. ’000
Assets Subject to Market Risk
Cash and cash equivalents 26 14,261,549 14,261,549
Balances with Central Banks 27 18,431,936 18,431,936
Placements with banks 28 4,131,814 4,131,814
Derivative financial assets 29 837,694 837,694
Other financial instruments – Held-for-trading 30 6,379,058 6,379,058
Loans and receivables to banks 31 546,270 546,270
Loans and receivables to other customers 32 410,951,440 410,951,440
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 33 131,756,525 131,756,525
587,296,286 7,216,752 580,079,534
Liabilities Subject to Market Risk
Due to banks 40 14,194,219 14,194,219
Derivative financial liabilities 41 1,411,916 1,411,916
Due to other customers/deposits from customers 42 451,152,923 451,152,923
Other borrowings 43 54,173,175 54,173,175
Subordinated liabilities 49 10,944,412 10,944,412
531,876,645 1,411,916 530,464,729

6.5.3.2 Exposure to Interest Rate Risk – Sensitivity Analysis

65.3.2 (a) Exposure to Interest Rate Risk – Non-Trading Portfolio

The possibility that changes in interest rates will affect future cash flows or the fair values of financial instruments gives rise to interest rate risk. The Bank’s policy is to continuously monitor portfolios and adopt hedging strategies to ensure that interest rate risk is maintained within prudent levels.

The tables below analyse the Bank’s interest rate risk exposure on financial assets and financial liabilities. The Bank’s assets and liabilities are included at carrying amount and categorised by the earlier of contractual re-pricing or maturity dates.

Interest rate gap position of the non-trading portfolio of the Bank is given below:

As at December 31, 2014 Up to 3
Months
3 to 12
Months
1 to 3
Years
3 to 5
Years
More than
5 Years
Non-
Sensitive
Total as at
31.12.2014
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Financial Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 1,000,000 19,591,867 20,591,867
Balances with Central Banks 167,497 19,466,249 19,633,746
Placements with banks 13,450,661 1,057,200 14,507,861
Derivative financial assets
Other financial instruments – Held-for-trading
Loans and receivables to banks 551,066 551,066
Loans and receivables to other customers 338,846,156 78,654,516 34,632,986 22,508,164 16,191,616 6,232,349 497,065,787
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 14,533,119 43,167,687 30,614,319 72,339,271 52,710,345 843,629 214,208,370
Total Financial Assets 367,997,433 122,879,403 65,247,305 94,847,435 68,901,961 46,685,160 766,558,697
Financial Liabilities
Due to banks 10,300,549 13,307,653 1,652,774 25,260,976
Derivative financial liabilities
Due to other customers/deposits
from customers
141,378,207 134,432,410 12,187,265 5,977,239 190,344,790 45,041,573 529,361,484
Other borrowings 87,602,035 38,888,780 2,501,314 6,922,301 286,652 136,201,082
Subordinated liabilities 9,943,394 129,121 972,260 11,044,775
Total Financial Liabilities 249,224,185 186,757,964 15,660,839 12,899,540 190,631,442 46,694,347 701,868,317
Interest rate sensitivity gap 118,773,248 (63,878,561) 49,586,466 81,947,895 (121,729,481) (9,187) 64,690,380

 

As at December 31, 2013 Up to 3
Months
3 to 12
Months
1 to 3
Years
3 to 5
Years
More than
5 Years
Non-
Sensitive
Total as at
31.12.2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Financial Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 135,147 14,126,402 14,261,549
Balances with Central Banks 734 73 18,431,129 18,431,936
Placements with banks 3,949,732 182,082 4,131,814
Derivative financial assets
Other financial instruments – Held-for-trading
Loans and receivables to banks 546,270 546,270
Loans and receivables to other customers 245,423,941 60,983,468 64,040,963 20,048,456 14,079,189 6,375,423 410,951,440
Financial investments – Available-for-sale 31,316,061 70,805,565 10,296,794 14,158,302 4,989,220 190,583 131,756,525
Total Financial Assets 280,825,615 131,971,188 74,337,757 34,206,758 19,068,409 39,669,807 580,079,534
Financial Liabilities
Due to banks 10,283,009 2,623,285 1,287,925 14,194,219
Derivative financial liabilities
Due to other customers/deposits
from customers
132,786,909 124,310,803 7,784,257 5,880,920 144,523,072 35,866,962 451,152,923
Other borrowings 37,998,991 14,220,119 1,425,974 228,470 299,621 54,173,175
Subordinated liabilities 9,844,950 127,202 972,260 10,944,412
Total Financial Liabilities 190,913,859 141,281,409 10,182,491 6,109,390 144,822,693 37,154,887 530,464,729
Interest rate sensitivity gap 89,911,756 (9,310,221) 64,155,266 28,097,368 (125,754,284) 2,514,920 49,614,805
65.3.2 (b) Exposure to Interest Rate Risk – Non-Trading Portfolio (Rate Shocks)

The management of interest rate risk against interest rate gap limits is supplemented by monitoring the sensitivity of the Bank’s financial assets and financial liabilities to various interest rate scenarios.

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity of the Bank’s Income Statement as at Reporting date to a reasonable possible change in interest rates, with all other variables held constant.

2014 2013
Net Interest Income (NII) 100 bp
Parallel Increase
Rs. ’000
100 bp
Parallel Decrease
Rs. ’000
100 bp
Parallel Increase
Rs. ’000
100 bp
Parallel Decrease
Rs. ’000
As at December 31, 494,488 (495,461) 936,178 (875,597)
Average for the period 751,326 (753,968) 821,239 (805,472)
Maximum for the period 893,537 (901,327) 936,178 (894,456)
Minimum for the period 494,488 (495,461) 677,595 (676,712)

The Graph below depicts the impact on the Net Interest Income (NII) - Rate shock of 100 bp (on Rupee denominated) and 10 bp (on FCY denominated) Assets and Liabilities (Sri Lankan Operations):

The impact of changes in interest rates on NII is measured using a static Balance Sheet which is subjected to 1% and 0.1% shocks on LKR and foreign currency asset and liability portfolios, respectively. Thereafter, the potential impact on the Bank’s profitability due to changes in LKR and foreign currency interest rates is evaluated to ensure that the variations are prudently managed within the internal tolerance limits. Above graph depicts the sensitivity of NII to rate shocks during the years 2013 and 2014. Right throughout 2014, the impact of rate shocks on projected NII has been well below the Management Action Trigger (MAT) limit. Since August, 2014 the impact has gradually decreased due to the conscious decision of the Bank to rebalance the Fixed Income Securities (FIS) portfolio.

65.3.3 Exposure to Currency Risk – Non-Trading Portfolio

Currency risk arises as a result of fluctuations in the value of a financial instrument due to changes in foreign exchange rates. There are set limits on position by currency and these positions are monitored on a daily basis.

The table below indicates the currencies to which the Bank had significant exposures as at December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the exposure as a percentage of the total capital funds:

Foreign Exchange Position as at December 31, 2014

Currency Spot Forward Net Open
Position
Net Position
in Other
Exchange
Contracts
Overall
Exposure in
Respective
Foreign
Currency
Overall
Exposure
in LKR
Assets Liabilities Net Assets Liabilities Net
1 2
’000
3
’000
4=2-3
’000
5
’000
6
’000
7=5-6
’000
8
’000
9
’000
10
’000
11
’000
United States Dollar 22,916 22,921 (5) 6,974 2,804 4,170 (5,132) (967) (127,730)
Great Britain Pound 181 149 32 809 816 (7) (48) (23) (4,570)
Euro 1,260 74 1,186 144 1,317 (1,173) 16 29 (6,974)
Japanese Yen 3,781 45,351 (41,570) 47,803 12,580 35,223 52 (6,294)
Indian Rupee
Australian Dollars 252 263 (11) 100 120 (20) (19) (50) (5,458)
Canadian Dollars 124 216 (92) 55 (37) (4,166)
Other currencies in USD 614 216 398 75 460 (385) 147 161 2,123
Total exposure USD (5,041) USD (938) (123,234)
Total capital funds as per the latest Audited Financial Statements (capital base of the Bank as at December 31, 2014) 72,177,447
Total exposure as a percentage of total capital funds as per the latest Audited Financial Statements (0.17%)

Foreign Exchange Position as at December 31, 2013

Currency Spot Forward Net Open
Position
Net Position
in Other
Exchange
Contracts
Overall
Exposure in
Respective
Foreign
Currency
Overall
Exposure in
LKR
Assets Liabilities Net Assets Liabilities Net
1 2
’000
3
’000
4=2-3
’000
5
’000
6
’000
7=5-6
’000
8
’000
9
’000
10
’000
11
’000
United States Dollar 10,423 6,807 3,616 3,595 4,403 (808) 1,474 4,282 561,004
Great Britain Pound 812 54 758 100 906 (806) (34) (82) (17,707)
Euro 920 186 734 100 832 (732) (4) (1) (238)
Japanese Yen 13,172 12,356 816 10,537 16,922 (6,385) (155) (5,724) (7,149)
Indian Rupee
Australian Dollars 640 177 463 475 (475) (38) (50) (5,900)
Canadian Dollars 27 25 2 2 247
Other currencies in USD 273 273 36 295 (259) 125 138 18,131
Total exposure USD 1,502 USD 4,186 548,388
Total capital funds as per the latest Audited Financial Statements (capital base of the Bank as at December 31, 2013) 65,579,876
Total exposure as a percentage of total capital funds as per the latest Audited Financial Statements 0.84%

The Bank regularly conducts sensitivity analysis on Net Open Position (NOP) due to possible movements in the USD/LKR exchange rate to assess the exposure to Foreign Exchange Risk. An appropriate shock based on historical USD/LKR exchange rate is applied on the NOP which is measured against the Board approved thresholds.

65.3.4 Exposure to Equity Price Risk

Impact on profit or loss and equity as a result of a change in market price by 10%.

Equity price risks result due to exposure to any change in prices and volatilities of individual equities. The Bank conducts mark-to-market calculations on a daily, quarterly and on a need basis to identify the impact due to changes in equity prices.

The table below summarises impact (both to the profit or loss and to the equity) due to a shock of 10% on equity price.

Stress Level 2014 2013
Held-for-Trading Available-for-Sale Total Held-for-Trading Available-for-Sale Total
Impact on P&L
Rs. ’000
Impact on OCI
Rs. ’000
Impact on Equity
Rs. ’000
Impact on P&L
Rs. ’000
Impact on OCI
Rs. ’000
Impact on Equity
Rs. ’000
Shock of 10% on equity price (upward) 36,773 18,513 55,286 33,441 14,549 47,990
Shock of 10% on equity price (downward) (36,773) (18,513) (55,286) (33,441) (14,549) (47,990)

65.4 Operational Risk

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Operational risk events which include legal and regulatory implications could lead to financial and reputation losses for the Bank.

The Operational Risk Management Framework of the Bank has been defined under the Board approved Operational Risk Management Policy. Operational risk is managed by establishing an appropriate internal control system that requires a mechanism for segregation of related responsibilities within the Bank, and a detailed testing and verification of the Bank’s overall operational systems, and achieving a full harmony between internal and external systems and establishing a fully independent back-up facility for Business Continuity Planning. For more details on ‘Operational Risk’ refer page 238 of the section on ‘Managing Risk at Commercial Bank’

65.5 Capital Management

Objective

The Bank is required to manage its capital taking into account the need to meet the regulatory requirements as well as the current and future business needs, stakeholder expectations and available options for raising capital.

65.5.1 Regulatory Capital

Capital Adequacy Ratio (CAR) is calculated based on the CBSL Directions stemming from Basel II Accord. These guidelines require the Bank to maintain a CAR of not less than 5% with core capital (Tier I) in relation to total risk weighted assets and a minimum overall CAR of 10% inclusive of Tier I and Tier II (Supplementary Capital) in relation to total risk-weighted assets.

As at December 31, 2014 2013
Rs. ’000 Rs. ’000
Tier I: Core Capital
Paid-up ordinary shares/Common stock/Assigned capital 21,457,501 19,586,813
Statutory reserve fund 4,327,103 3,768,094
Published Retained Profits/(Accumulated Losses) 1,568,605 1,516,092
General and other reserves 32,010,399 27,079,104
Minority interests (consistent with the above capital constituents)
Less: Deductions/Adjustments
Goodwill
Other intangible assets 439,129 467,594
Advances granted to employees of the Bank for the purchase of shares of the Bank (ESOP) 786 1,122
50% of Investments in unconsolidated banking and financial subsidiary companies 458,023
50% Investments in the capital of other banks and financial institutions 402 402
Total Eligible Core Capital (Tier I Capital) 58,465,269 51,480,986
Tier II: Supplementary Capital
Revaluation reserves (as approved by Central Bank of Sri Lanka) 2,034,231 2,034,231
General provisions 1,836,058 1,656,465
Approved subordinated term debt 10,300,314 10,408,596
Less: Deductions/Adjustments
50% of investments in unconsolidated banking and financial subsidiary companies 458,023
50% investments in the capital of other banks and financial institutions 402 402
Total eligible supplementary capital (Tier II Capital) 13,712,178 14,098,890
Total capital base 72,177,447 65,579,876

The Bank’s regulator, the Central Bank of Sri Lanka sets and monitors capital requirements for the Bank as a whole.

Historically the Bank has been maintaining a relatively higher CAR which reflects stability.

The higher level of capital maintained by the Bank has facilitated unhindered growth of the Bank.

The Bank has a well-structured Corporate Planning and Budgeting procedure. Capital budgeting decisions are arrived at after evaluating the impact of such decisions on the expansion of the Bank.

65.5.2 Capital Allocation

Management uses regulatory capital ratios to monitor its capital base. The allocation of capital between specific operations and activities is, to a large extent, driven by optimisation of the return achieved on the capital allocated. The amount of capital allocated to each operation or activity is based primarily on regulatory capital requirements, but in some cases the regulatory requirements do not fully reflect the varying degree of risk associated with different activities. In such cases, the capital requirements may be flexed to reflect differing risk profiles, subject to the overall level of capital to support a particular operation or activity not falling below the minimum requirements for regulatory purposes.

66. Events After The Reporting Period

No circumstances have arisen since the Reporting date which would require adjustments or disclosure in the Financial Statements other than those disclosed below.

66.1 ‘Super Gains Tax’ on profit

The Government of Sri Lanka, in its Interim Budget for 2015 presented to the Parliament on January 29, 2015, intimated that companies or individuals who have recorded a profit in excess of Rs. 2,000 Mn during the year of assessment 2013/14 would be liable to a one-off Super Gains Tax of 25%. The law enacting this proposal is currently being drafted and the basis of computing the liability is yet to be certified by the relevant authorities. In the absence of a measurement criteria for the computation of the Super Gains Tax which is not enacted or substantially enacted at the time of issue of these Financial Statements, the Bank is not in a position to estimate the potential impact of the said one-off tax on the Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2014 and therefore no provision has been made on account of the said tax in these Financial Statements.

The Bank will account for and meet the above tax liability as required by law once the required legislation is introduced and administered with the measurement criteria.

66.2 Interim Dividend - 2014

The Bank declared and paid a second interim dividend of Rs. 1.00 per share on February 05, 2015 to both the voting and non-voting ordinary shareholders of the Bank.

66.3 Final Dividend - 2014

The Board of Directors of the Bank has recommended the payment of a final dividend of Rs. 4.00 per share which consist of a cash dividend of Rs. 2.00 per share and the balance entitlement of Rs. 2.00 per share that will be satisfied in the form of issue and allotment of new shares for both the voting and non-voting ordinary shareholders of the Bank for the year ended December 31, 2014.

This dividend is yet to be approved at the Annual General Meeting to be held on March 31, 2015. In accordance with the Sri Lanka Accounting Standard No. 10, ‘Events after the Reporting Period’, this proposed final dividend has not been recognised as a liability as at December 31, 2014. Under the Inland Revenue Act No. 10 of 2006, a withholding tax of 10% has been imposed on dividends declared.

Compliance with Sections 56 and 57 of Companies Act No. 07 of 2007

As required by Section 56 of the Companies Act No. 07 of 2007, the Board of Directors of the Bank satisfied the solvency test in accordance with the Section 57, prior to recommending the final dividend. A statement of solvency completed and duly signed by the Directors on February 23, 2015 has been audited by KPMG.

66.4 New Employee Share Option Plan

The Board of Directors of the Bank at its meeting held on February 23, 2015 approved a proposal to introduce an ESOP for the benefit of all Executive Officers in Grade 1A and above by creating up to 2% of the ordinary voting shares at the rates specified in the proposed ESOP in 2016, 2017, 2018, upon the Bank achieving specified performance targets set for the years 2015, 2016 and 2017 respectively in the proposed ESOP. An Extraordinary General Meeting (EGM) is to be held on March 31, 2015, soon after the conclusion of the 46th Annual General Meeting of the Bank to seek approval of the shareholders for the proposed ESOP.